Progen Scientific a division of G.H.Zeal Ltd.

Transcription

ZEAL
EDITION 12
2015
the genuine article since 1888
Progen Focus
LABORATORY EQUIPMENT AT COMPETITIVE PRICES
Hot
Shots
2015
LOOK OUT FOR PRODUCTS WITH
THIS LOGO FOR BEST SELLERS
AT BEST PRICES
CUSTOMER SUPPORT:
020 8542 2283
FOR FULL PRODUCT LINE PLEASE VISIT:
www.progensci.co.uk
Progen
Scientific a division of G.H.Zeal Ltd.
today’s scientific equipment for tomorrow’s world
CONTENTS
Product Category
Autoclaves
Balances
Biological Safety Cabinets Capital Equipment
ZEAL
Page
3-4, 62
5-6
60
60-63
(Autoclaves, Biological Safety Cabinets, Freeze Dryers and Glassware Washers)
Centrifuges
Colony Counter
CO2 Incubators
Dry Bath Incubators and Thermomixers
Electrophoresis
Freeze Dryers
Fridges, Freezers and Fridge Freezers
Fume Hoods (Portable)
Gel Documentation Systems
Glassware Washers
Heating & Stirring
Heating Mantles
Histology Equipment
Homogenisers
Ice Flaker Machines
Incubators and Ovens
Laboratory Meters (pH, etc.)
Liquid Handling
Microplate Equipment
Microscopes (and accessories)
Mixers and Shakers
Pipettes (manual and electronic) and Pipette Controllers
Refrigeration
Shakers and Mixers
Spectrophotometers
Thermal Cyclers
Transilluminators
Vacuum Pumps
Water Baths
a division of G.H.Zeal Ltd.
7-21
22
48-51
22-23
24-30
61
87-94
31
32-33
63
34-39
40
41
41-42
94
44-55
64-65
56-59
66
66-75
75-87
56-59
87-94
75-87
95-96
96-97
97
98-99
99-100
www.progensci.co.uk
2
Laboratory Equipment Suppliers, Customer Support call us on 020 8542 2283 or email sales@zeal.co.uk
AUTOCLAVES
ZEAL
CertoClav CV-EL Benchtop Electrically Heated Autoclaves
Features:
n
Made of aluminium
n
2-step valve
n
Thermometer
n
Precision manometer with maximum indicator
n
n
n
n
n
Safety lock (no opening under pressure)
Steam release valve and steam release cock
Anti-block safety valve
Safety standard approved
Heater included
Ordering information:
12 litre models
8501312
CertoClav CV-EL 12L GS Benchtop Autoclave, 125°C / 140°C,
12 litre capacity, with instrument tray and tripod stand.
Inner chamber: 240 mm. diameter x 260 mm. high
8501312A As per 8501312 but 115°C / 121°C
8501412
As per 8501312 but with stainless steel wire basket instead
of instrument tray and tripod stand
8501412A As per 8501412 but 115°C / 121°C
18 litre models
8501318
CertoClav CV-EL 18L GS Benchtop Autoclave, 125°C / 140°C,
18 litre capacity, with instrument tray and tripod stand.
8501318A As per 8501318 but 115°C / 121°C
8501418
As per 8501318 but with stainless steel wire basket instead
of instrument tray and tripod stand
8501418A As per 8501418 but 115°C / 121°C
Price Each
£1479
£1479
£1522
£1522
£1744
£1744
£1794
£1794
Options:
8583010
Stainless steel wire mesh basket
with handle, 205 mm. diameter x
197 mm. high, mesh 8 x 8 mm.
£99
1252203 Instrument tray with tripod base £20
CertoClav CV-EL MultiControl Programmable Benchtop
Electrically Heated Autoclaves, 12 and 18 litre
Features:
Made of aluminium
n
Microprocessor controlled – 2
fixed programmes (138°C +
125°C) and 7 programmes for
free input
n
Maximum operating pressure: 2.7
bar
n
Voltage: 230V ± 10%; Frequency:
50 Hz
n
Heating: 1900W
n
Cycles counter, serial interface,
temperature display
n
Visual and acoustic signals
n
Thermometer
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Precision manometer (pressure
gauge) with maximum indicator
Safety lock (no opening under
pressure)
Steam release cock
Two safety valves and
fractionating venting valve
Anti-block safety valve
Safety standard approved
Heater included
Display of error messages
Packed dimensions (each):
370 x 300 x 500 mm.
Packed weight (each): 9 kg
8502312
CertoClav MultiControl 12L Benchtop Autoclave, 12 litre capacity, with instrument tray and tripod stand.
8502412
As per 8502312 but with stainless steel wire basket instead of instrument tray and tripod stand
8502318
CertoClav MultiControl 18L Benchtop Autoclave, 18 litre capacity, with instrument tray and tripod stand.
8502418
As per 8502318 but with stainless steel wire basket instead of instrument tray and tripod stand
Price Each
£2687
£2767
£2981
£3032
Options:
8583010
Stainless steel wire mesh basket with handle, 205 mm. diameter x 197 mm. high, mesh 8 x 8 mm.
£99
1252203
Instrument tray with tripod base
£20
Contact Progen for details of Dixon Medical’s range of benchtop electrically heated
autoclaves (14 to 30 litre capacity)
www.progensci.co.uk
3
AUTOCLAVES
ZEAL
Priorclave Compact 40 Benchtop 40 Litre Autoclave
Suitable for instruments, media and waste loads
Features:
n
Quickseal Series II single action door closure
n
TACTROL® microprocessor control system
n
Capacity of up to 11 x 1 litre bottles or 7 x 1 litre flasks
n
Media warming facility
(keeps media at 40°C after sterilising cycle finished)
n
Fan assisted cooling (for more runs per day)
n
Delayed start facility
n
Timed freesteaming (gets heat evenly into load)
n
Pressure interlock
n
Thermal interlock (door won’t open above 80°C
after cycle finished)
n
BioCote® antibacterial powder coating on external
painted surfaces inhibits bacteria growth
n
Low surface temperatures
n
Chamber dimensions: 350 dia. x 420 deep mm.
n
External dimensions: 520W x 610D x 640H mm.
n
Minimum installation area:
580W x 1220D (with door open)
n
Weight: 70 kg.
n
Operation from standard 13 Amp socket (U.K.)
n
Heater power: 3kW / 13A
n
Full range of options and accessories
Price Each
PS/MID/C40
£6075
PS/MVA/C40
Priorclave Compact 40 benchtop 40 litre autoclave
OR
Priorclave Compact 40 benchtop 40 litre autoclave, vacuum model
Includes precycle vacuum, vacuum cooling, pressure print-out and 5 programme memory
£7735
Accessories and options:
PC/MID/SSB
PC/MID/SSD
PC/LPT/000
PC/PFS/000
PC/PRG/TAC
PC/CON/MID
PC/WSC/010
PC/PRN/000
PC/PRN/020
PC/MID/VDY
Stainless Mesh Basket (for sterilising equipment, etc.) for Compact 40 (capacity 1 basket)
Stainless Steel Discard Container (for waste loads) for Compact 40 (capacity 1 container)
Load sensed process timing
Pulsed freesteaming
TACTROL 5 programme memory NOTE: Included with PS/MVA/C40 model
Condensate collection bottle for Compact 40
Water softening system – ionised resin column water softener
Priorclave Tactrol Printer
Pressure Printout NOTE: Included with PS/MVA/C40 model
Post cycle vacuum drying option for PS/MVA/C40
Includes air intake filter and push-button water fill
£145
£200
£295
£170
£580
£95
£1515
£725
£940
£840
Contact Progen Scientific for other options and Priorclave autoclaves from 60 to 700 litre
www.progensci.co.uk
4
BALANCES
ZEAL
Kern Analytical Balances
Top quality and value for money analytical balances (4 and 5 decimal place models)
Features:
n
Automatic internal calibration (time controlled
and / or temperature sensitive)
n
Choice of 80g. x 0.1mg., 120g. x 0.1mg., 220g. x 0.1mg.,
320g. x 0.1mg., 101g. x 0.01mg., 42g. / 120g. x 0.01 /
0.1mg., or 82g. / 220g. x 0.01 / 0.1mg. models
n
Single-cell advanced weighing technology for stable
temperature behaviour, short stabilisation time, shockproof construction and high corner load performance
n
Metal casing, stable and sturdy, with 3 sliding doors
n
Weighing pan diameter: 80 mm. for ABT and 92 mm. for
ABJ models
n
Choice of different weighing units , % weighing or
pieces weighing
n
ABT Series have underhook weighing for density
determination
n
GLP/ISO record keeping (using optional printer)
n
Identification number of balance printed on calibration
protocol
n
Simple recipe weighing and documenting
n
Large LCD display, 14mm. high digits
n
AC power supply adaptor included
n
ABT models have RS 232 interface for connection to PC
/ printer (automatic data output when balance is in a
steady state); optional for ABJ models
n
Protective plastic working cover as standard for ABT
Series (replaceable)
n
Overall dimensions:
ABJ models – 210W x 340D x 325H mm.
ABT models – 217W x 356D x 338H mm.
n
Weighing chamber dimensions:
ABJ models - 174W x 162D x 227H mm.
ABT models – 168W x 172D x 223H mm.
n
3 year warranty
Model
Weighing capacity
Readability
Price Each
Model
Weighing capacity
Readability
Price Each
Hot
Shots
2015
ABJ 80-4NM
80g.
0.1mg.
ABJ 120-4NM
120g.
0.1mg.
ABJ 220-4NM
220g.
0.1mg.
ABJ 320-4NM
320g.
0.1mg.
£620
£634
£694
£820
ABT 100-5M
101g.
0.01mg.
ABT 120-5DM
42 / 120g.
0.01 / 0.1mg.
ABT 220-5DM
82 / 220g.
0.01 / 0.1mg.
£1207
£1320
£1420
Contact Progen Scientific for information on other Kern analytical balances
including models with external calibration
www.progensci.co.uk
5
BALANCES
ZEAL
Kern Top Pan Balances
Top Value – 2 Series with 10 models, external calibration
Features:
n
External calibration
n
Concept of easy use – all primary functions
have their own key on the keypad
n
Strain gauge weighing technology
n
Piece counting and % weighing
n
Choice of weighing units available (PLE-N
Series only)
n
Mains adaptor (supplied)
n
Rechargeable internal battery pack (PLE-N
Series only), standard operating time
approx. 30 hours, charging time approx.
10 hours, charge condition indicator on
display
n
Backlit LCD display digit height 17 mm. (PLEN) or 15 mm. (PFB)
n
RS232 C data interface for connection to PC
or printer
n
Underhook weighing
n
Level indicator and foot screws to level the
balance precisely
n
Draught shield as standard for models
PFB 120-3, PFB 200-3, PFB 300-3,
PFB 1200-2, PFB 2000-2 and PFB 3000-2
(removable metal cover with pipette
opening) – 158W x 143D x 64H mm. and for
PLE 420-3N (removable metal cover with
pipette opening) – 150 mm. diameter x 50
mm. high
n
n
n
n
n
Capacity display – a bar lights up to show
how much of the weighing range is still
available (PFB Series)
Weighing sum memory and weighing with
tolerance range (PLE-N Series)
GLP/ISO record keeping, only with printer
YKS-01 (PLE-N Series)
Overall dimensions:
PFB Series - 200W x 257D x 87H mm.;
Weight: approx. 2 Kg.
PLE-N Series - 174W x 244D x 150H mm.;
Weight: approx. 1.5 Kg.
2 year warranty
Hot
Shots
2015
Model
Weighing range
Readability
Pan size (mm.)
Price Each
PFB 120-3
PFB 200-3
PFB 300-3
PFB 1200-2
PFB 2000-2
PFB 3000-2
PFB 6K0.5
PFB 6000-1
120g.
200g.
300g.
1200g.
2000g.
3000g.
6500g.
6000g.
0.001g.
0.001g.
0.001g.
0.01g.
0.01g.
0.01g.
0.05g.
0.1g.
80 diameter
80 diameter
80 diameter
120 diameter
120 diameter
120 diameter
155 x 145
155 x 145
PLE 420-3N
PLE 4200-2N
420g.
4200g.
0.001g.
0.01g.
80 diameter
135 diameter
£199
£207
£223
£177
£183
£199
£177
£163
£293
£293
Kern Top Pan Balances
EW-N series with 8 models, external calibration
Common features to all models:
n
External calibration
n
Multiple weighing units, counting and % weighing
n
Large LCD display
n
Digital capacity bar graph
n
Sealed touch pad
n
Protective plastic cover (replaceable)
n
AC power supply adaptor included
n
Optional sliding doors draft shield for 3 dec. place models
n
Sturdy and stable metal casing
n
Rectangular draft shield with removable top supplied
with 3 dec. place models
n
Underhook weighing possible
n
RS232 interface
n
3 year warranty
Hot
Shots
2015
Model
Weighing range Readability
Pan size (mm)
Price Each
EW 220-3NM
EW 420-3NM
EW 620-3NM
220g.
420g.
620g.
0.001g.
0.001g.
0.001g.
118 diameter
118 diameter
118 diameter
EW 820-2NM
EW 2200-2NM
EW 4200-2NM
EW 6200-2NM
820g.
2200g.
4200g.
6200g.
0.01g.
0.01g.
0.01g.
0.01g.
170 x 142
180 x 160
180 x 160
180 x 160
EW 12000-1NM
12000g.
0.1g.
180 x 160
£434
£480
£534
£380
£460
£514
£560
£440
Contact Progen Scientific for information on other Kern top pan balances including models with internal calibration
www.progensci.co.uk
6
CENTRIFUGES
ZEAL
Labnet Spectrafuge Mini Microcentrifuge
Features:
n
Fixed speed 6,000 rpm / 2,000 x g.
n
Supplied complete with rotor for 6 x 1.5 / 2.0 ml. tubes and
adaptors for 0.5 ml. tubes, 0.4 ml. tubes, 0.2 ml. strips (2 x 8
tubes) and tubes
n
Ideal for quick spins and microfiltration
n
Compact and easy to use – close lid and centrifuge runs, open
lid and it stops
C-1301-230V Labnet Spectrafuge
Mini Microcentrifuge
Hot
Shots
2015
Price Each
£100
Labnet Prism™Mini Microcentrifuge
The Prism™ Mini microcentrifuge is reliable, easy to use, compact and
economical, allowing each laboratory workstation to be equipped with
a ‘personal’ microcentrifuge.
It can be used for a wide range of molecular biology separations and
quick spins. The centrifuge was designed to be extremely compact with
an exceptionally small footprint.
It includes two quick release, interchangeable rotors (and adaptors
for 0.5ml. and 0.4ml. tubes), which spin up to 6000 rpm.
The electronic brake and self opening lid allow for quick deceleration
to reduce handling time. The Prism™ Mini’s maintenance-free drive is
remarkably quiet and the unique design allows for excellent air flow, to
protect temperature sensitive samples.
Features:
n
Quick release rotor exchange
n
Increased sample capacity
n
Rapid sample processing
n
One step sample retrieval
Hot
Shots
2015
Specifications:
Capacity:
Rotor speed:
RCF force:
Dimensions:
Weight:
Electrical:
8 place tube rotor and 4 place PCR strip rotor
6000 rpm.
2000 x g.
132 x 132 x 112 mm.
0.55 kg.
230V, 50/60 Hz
C1801-230V-UK
Labnet Prism™ Mini Microcentrifuge, 230V including rotors for 8 microtubes and 4 PCR strips
Options:
C1205-8
Adaptors for 0.5ml. tubes (pack of 8)
C1206-8
C1222-8
Price Each
£115
£27
£27
£27
www.progensci.co.uk
7
CENTRIFUGES
ZEAL
Hermle Z130M Mini Centrifuge
Unlike traditional mini centrifuges, the Hermle Z130M
eliminates the need to change rotors when switching
between microtubes and PCR strips. The included, unique
COMBI-Rotor is all that is required for running 12 x
microtubes and 4 x PCR strips simultaneously.
Features:
n
Unique COMBI-Rotor for tubes and strips
n
Twice the capacity of traditional mini centrifuges
n
Starts and stops with closing / opening of the lid
n
Compact, low profile design
n
Short acceleration and deceleration times
n
Low noise level 52 dBA
n
Manufactured according to international safety
regulations, e.g. IEC 61010
n
Maximum speed: 5.500 rpm.
n
Maximum RCF: 2000 x g.
n
Maximum volume: 12 x 1.5/2.0ml. tubes; 32 x 0.2ml. PCR
tubes / 4 x PCR strips (8 x 0.2ml.)
n
Dimensions : 140W x 200D x 112H mm.
n
Weight : 1.3 kg.
324.00 V01
Hermle model Z130M mini centrifuge, supplied with COMBI-Rotor, 230V / 50-60 Hz / 40W
Price Each
£261
Labnet MPS 1000 Mini Plate Spinner
The compact, economical, dedicated centrifuge for PCR plates
Features:
n
Quickly spin down droplets and condensation
(approximately 30 seconds to load one or two plates,
spin and unload)
n
Simple to use: load plates, close lid, press start button,
open lid, unload plates
n
Use before and after thermal cycling to improve PCR
yield
n
Compact and lightweight (small footprint)
n
Don’t waste time and unnecessary use of larger
centrifuge
n
Accepts skirted, non-skirted and all standard PCR plates
n
Less than ¼ the size of most plate centrifuges
n
Capacity: 2 x standard PCR plates (85W x 130L x 25H
mm.)
n
Rotor speed (fixed): 2500 rpm. / 500 x g.
n
Rotor: fixed vertically
n
Dimensions: 190W x 210D x 183H mm.
n
Weight: 3 kg.
Price Each
C1000-230V
Labnet MPS1000 Mini Plate Spinner centrifuge with 2 position rotor
C1000-ADAPT
Adaptor. for ½ plates, strips and tubes
Hot
Shots
2015
£298
£24
www.progensci.co.uk
8
CENTRIFUGES
ZEAL
Progen Genfuge 24D Digital Microcentrifuge
Supplied with 24 x 1.5 / 2.0 ml. tubes angle rotor and domed lid
Features:
n
Supplied with easy access, aluminium 24 x 1.5 / 2.0 ml. tubes rotor and
domed rotor lid for tall screw-cap and spin-prep tubes
n
Maximum speed: 13,300 rpm. / 16,300 x g. (display of rpm. or rcf.)
n
Precise digital control and display of speed and timer
n
Exceptionally quiet and cool running induction motor
n
Pulse button for quick spins with elapsed time displayed in seconds
n
Timer: up to 30 minutes or continuous
n
Lid lock
n
2 year warranty
C2400-PRO-230V Progen Genfuge 24D Microcentrifuge with
24 x 1.5 / 2.0 tubes rotor and lid
Options:
C2400-SS
StripSpin adaptor for 0.2 ml. tubes and strips (fits on std. rotor)
C1205
Individual adaptors for 0.5/0.6ml. tubes (pack of 6)
C1206
C1222
Individual adaptors for 0.2ml. tubes (pack of 6)
Hot
Shots
2015
Price Each
£715
£52
£22
£22
£22
Labnet Prism™ Air Cooled and Prism™ R Refrigerated
Microcentrifuges
Supplied with 24 x 1.5 / 2.0 ml. tubes angle rotor and domed lid
Features:
n
Prism has unique Multi-Flow air cooling technology
n
Prism R has powerful refrigerated system and Quick-COOL:
reaches 4°C in just 8 minutes and maintains 4°C at
maximum speed
n
Powerful, maintenance free, brushless, induction motor
drive with high speed up to 15,000 rpm. / 21,200 x g (Prism)
or 13,500 rpm. / 17,135 x g (Prism R)
n
Accelerates to maximum speed in under 16 seconds and
decelerates in 18 seconds
n
Unique, solid aluminium, 24 x 1.5/2.0ml. tubes rotor design:
easy access design for quick access to microtubes; domed
rotor lid for tall screw cap and spin-prep tubes
n
User-friendly programming: all adjustments are made from one
ergonomic control knob; quick-COOL option (to 4°C in 8 minutes)
n
Large LCD display: view actual speed, temperature and remaining spin
time at all times; set and view speed in both rpm. or RCF
n
Extremely quiet: noise level with compressor on is just 56 dBA; rotor is capable of
running without lid at just 58 dBA
n
Imbalance detection system with automatic shut-off
n
Quick Spin button for momentary operation
n
Special hinged lid design – no more lid slams!
n
Compact design: smallest design on the market at 277 mm. wide and 21 kg. with rotor (Prism R)
n
Versatility: optional StripSpin Adaptor available for PCR strips or 0.2ml. tubes; optional adaptors for tube sizes from 0.2ml. to 0.6ml.
n
Reliability: Two year warranty, including parts and labour; over 25 years of experience in centrifuge manufacturing
Hot
Shots
2015
www.progensci.co.uk
9
CENTRIFUGES
ZEAL
Labnet Prism™ Air Cooled and Prism™ R Refrigerated
Microcentrifuges cont.
Specifications:
n
Speed range: Prism - 500 to 15,000 rpm.; Prism R – 500 to 13,500 rpm.
n
Maximum RCF: Prism - 21,200 x g.; Prism R - 17,135 x g.
n
Temperature range (Prism R only): -10°C to +40°C
n
Timer: 0.5 to 99 minutes or continuous.‘Quick’ button for momentary operation
n
Dimensions: Prism - 240W x 350D x 190H mm.; Prism R - 277W x 450D x 248H mm.
n
Weight: Prism - 9.6 kg. (10.6 kg. with rotor); Prism R - 20 kg. (21 kg. with rotor)
n
Electrical: 230V / 50 Hz
C2500-230V
C2500-R-230V
Options:
C2400-SS
C1205
C1206
C1222
Price Each
£799
£2312
Labnet Prism Microcentrifuge with 24 x 1.5/2.0ml. tubes rotor and domed lid, 230V
Labnet Prism R Refrigerated Microcentrifuge with 24 x 1.5/2.0ml. tubes rotor
and domed rotor lid, 230V
StripSpin Adaptor for 2 x PCR strips or 16 x 0.2ml. tubes
Individual adaptors for 0.2ml. PCR tubes (pack of 6)
£52
£22
£22
£22
Hermle Z216M Unrefrigerated and Z216MK Refrigerated
Microcentrifuges
Technical Data:
n
Max. speed: 15,000 rpm.
n
Max. RCF: 21,380 x g.
n
Max. volume: 44 x 1.5/2.0ml. tubes
n
Temperature range: -20°C to +40°C in 1°C increments
n
Speed range: 200 – 15,000rpm.
n
Running times: 59 min. 50 sec. / 10 sec. increments;
99 hour 59 min. / 1 min. increments; continuous running
n
Dimensions: Z216M – 280W x 390D x 290H mm. ;
Z216MK - 280W x 550D x 290H mm.
n
Weight: Z216M – 17 kg.; Z216MK – 35 kg.
n
Power consumption: Z216M – 280W; Z216MK - 500W
Specifications:
n
Maintenance-free induction drive
n
Microprocessor with large LCD display
n
Motor driven lid lock
n
Active imbalance identification and cut-off
n
Standstill cooling (fast cooling to 4°C in less than 10 minutes
(Z216MK only)
n
Audible signal at the end of each run
n
Rapid acceleration and deceleration (see rotor data)
n
Lowest sample temperature 4°C at 20,000 x g. (Z216MK only)
n
Extremely compact with a space saving footprint
n
Quick access to samples with a snap-on rotor lid
n
Aerosol-tight rotor option
n
Manufactured according to international safety standard IEC 1010
n
Distinct control panel:
- simple one handed operation
- easy to programme with gloves on
- full keyboard
- permanent indication of preset and actual values
- selection of speed in both rpm. and g-force,
with increments of 10
- ‘Quick’ key for short run
- 10 acceleration and deceleration rates
- storage of up to 99 runs
- temperature range from -20°C to +40°C (Z216MK only)
- input and indication of temperature either in °C or °F
(Z216MK only)
- pre-cooling programme (pre-cooling time from room
temperature to +4°C < 10 minutes) (Z216MK only)
- pre-selection of the running time from 10 seconds to 99 hours
59 minutes or continuous
www.progensci.co.uk
10
CENTRIFUGES
ZEAL
Hermle Z216M Unrefrigerated and Z216MK Refrigerated
Microcentrifuges cont.
325.00 V01
Hermle Z216M Unrefrigerated Microcentrifuge
325.00 P01
Hermle Z216M Unrefrigerated Microcentrifuge
supplied with angle rotor 220.87 V11 for 24 x 1.5ml. (2.0ml.) tubes
Hermle Z216M Refrigerated Microcentrifuge
305.00 V05
305.00 P05
Hermle Z216M Refrigerated Microcentrifuge
supplied with angle rotor 220.87 V11 for 24 x 1.5ml. (2.0ml.) tubes
Optional Rotors:
220.87 V14
Angle rotor 24 x 1.5/2.0ml. tubes Max. speed / RCF: 15,000 rpm. / 21,380 x g.
220.87 V13
Angle rotor 24 x 1.5/2.0ml. tubes, hermetically sealable Max. speed / RCF: 15,000 rpm. / 21,380 x g.
221.17 V06
Angle rotor 30 x 1.5/2.0ml. tubes, hermetically sealable Max. speed / RCF: 13,500 rpm. / 19,150 x g.
220.88 V08
Angle rotor 44 x 1.5/2.0ml. tubes, Max. speed / RCF: 13,500 rpm. / 18,400 x g.
Adaptors for 220.87 V14, 220.87 V13, 221.17 V06 and 220.88 V08 rotors:
Adaptor set for 0.2 – 0.4ml. tubes, 6 mm. dia. (pack of 6)
704.004
704.005
Adaptor set for 0.5ml. tubes, 8 mm. dia. (pack of 6)
220.92 V07
Angle rotor 64 x 0.4ml. tubes, Max. speed / RCF: 13,500 rpm. / 17,960 x g.
221.38 V03
Angle rotor 4 x 8 place PCR strips, Max. speed / RCF: 15,000 rpm. / 15,342 x g.
221.35 V03
Angle rotor 12 x 5ml. Reaction tubes Max. speed 14,500 rpm (19,980 x g.); rotor angle 45º
701.015
Adaptor for 1.5/2.0ml. tube, 11 mm. dia. (pack of 6)
701.016
Adaptor for 1.0ml. Cryo tube, 12.6 mm. dia. (pack of 6)
701.017
Adaptor for 1.8ml. Cryo tube, 12.6 mm. dia. (pack of 6)
220.58 V13
Haematocrit rotor for 24 capillaries for Z216M only! Max. speed / RCF: 12,000 rpm / 14,811 x g.
Contact Progen Scientific for prices for rotor adaptors
Price Each
£1180
£1349
£2699
£2898
£237
£318
£448
£340
£20
£20
£412
£593
£502
£41
£63
£63
£188
Labnet Spectrafuge 6C Clinical Laboratory Centrifuge for
5ml., 7ml., 10ml. and 15ml. tubes Compact and inexpensive
Features:
n
Speed control: digital – variable in 100 rpm. increments
n
Max. speed: 6500 rpm.
n
Max. g-force: 4000 x g.
n
Timer: 0.5 – 30 minutes or continuous with
momentary option
n
Lid lock – only opens when rotor is stopped
n
Rotor angle: 30°
n
Spectrafuge 6C tube compatibility charts:
Dimensions (mm)
Capacity
Radius (cm)
Max. RCF
Tubes per rotor
Adaptor
17 x 120
15ml. conical
8.2
3873
6
-
Dimensions (mm)
Capacity
Radius (cm)
Max. RCF
Tubes per rotor
Adaptor
15 x 102
10ml.
8.5
4015
6
-
Dimensions (mm)
Capacity
Radius (cm)
Max. RCF
Tubes per rotor
Adaptor
11 x 92
4-5ml.
7.7
3637
6
C0200-17A
n
n
n
n
n
Weight: 4 kg.
Electrical: 230V, 50-60 Hz
Supplied with 6 x 10ml./15ml. tubes rotor
High speed and g-force capabilities produce
PPP and PRP separation in two minutes
Capable of centrifuging 15ml. conical and all
common blood draw tubes:
15ml. (17 x 125mm.); 10ml. (16 x 100mm.); 7ml.
(13 x 100mm.); 5ml. (12 x 75mm.)
Standard blood collection tubes
16 x 100
13 x 100
10ml.
7ml.
8.5
7.7
4015
3637
6
6
C0200-17A
Sarstedt Blood Collection Tubes
16 x 92
15 x 92
13 x 90
9-10ml.
7-8ml.
4.9ml.
8.5
8.5
7.7
4015
4015
3637
6
6
6
C0200-17A
Sarstedt Blood Collection Tubes
11 x 66
13 x 65
8 x 66
2-3ml.
2-3ml.
1-1.4ml.
7.7
7.7
7.7
3637
3637
3637
6
6
6
C0200-17A
C0200-17A
C0200-17A
16 x 125
15ml.
8.5
4015
6
-
12 x 75
5ml.
7.7
3637
6
C0200-17A
C0060-230V
Labnet Spectrafuge 6C clinical laboratory centrifuge with 6 x 10/15ml. tubes rotor
C0200-17A
Combination adaptor set for 5ml. and 7ml. tubes (pack of 6)
Price Each
£561
£59
www.progensci.co.uk
11
CENTRIFUGES
ZEAL
Hermle Z306 Benchtop Unrefrigerated Centrifuge, 4 x 100ml.
Features:
n
Speed range: 200 – 13,500 rpm in 10 rpm increments
n
Max. RCF: 17,319 x g.
n
Max. volume: 4 x 100 ml.
n
Running time: 59 minutes 50 seconds / 10 second increments;
99 hours 99 minutes / 1 minute increments; continuous
n
Digital display of preset and actual speed / RCF and time
n
Maintenance-free induction motor
n
n
Automatic rotor identification system with overspeed protection,
immediately upon rotor insertion
n
Active imbalance identification with safety cut-off (rotor specific)
n
Imbalance tolerant drive
n
Manufactured according to international safety regulations, i.e. IEC 61010
n
Quick key for short runs with corresponding digital display of elapsed time in seconds
n
Audible signal at the end of each run with several melody options
n
Noise level under 63 dBA at max. speed
n
Dimensions: 355W x 330H x 474D mm.
n
Weight: 30 Kg.
n
Distinct control panel (microprocessor with large LCD display):
- Simple one handed operation
626.011
Bucket 1 x 30ml., 25mm. dia.,
- Easy to programme with gloves on
95/105mm. length (pack of 2)
626.012
- Splash proof digital display
- Permanent indication of Preset and Actual Values
626.003
Bucket 2 x 15ml. (Falcon), 17mm. dia.,
- Selection of speed in both rpm and g-force,
120mm. length (pack of 2)
with increments of 10
626.013
Bucket 2 x 15ml. with rim, 17mm. dia.,
- 10 acceleration and deceleration rates, possibility of
unbraked deceleration
626.004
- Direct access to parameters; no need to click through
626.005
Bucket 9 x 5-7ml., 13mm. dia.,
the programme
- Pre-selection of the running time from 10 sec. to 99 h 59 min
626.014
Bucket 10 x 1.5ml., 11mm. dia.,
or continuous
- Storage of up to 99 runs including rotor type
626.007
Bucket 9 x 4.5ml., 12mm. dia.,
- Quick key for short runs
- Diagnostic programme
626.015
Bucket 9 x 5-7ml., 13mm. dia.,
Price Each
626.006
Bucket 7 x 5-7ml. Vacutainer, 13mm. dia.,
310.00 V01 Hermle Model Z306 benchtop centrifuge
£1657
220.72
V06
4 x 100 ml. swing-out rotor
Swing-out rotors
(0
– 90 degrees angle);
NOTE:
All adaptors are in pack of 2 unless stated otherwise
max. speed 5000 rpm. (3885 x g.)
£440
221.12 V03 4 x 100 ml. swing-out rotor
605.000
Round bucket for rotor 220.72 V06
(0 – 90 degrees angle);
and for adaptors 705.000, etc. (pack of 2)
605.001
Round bucket, hermetically sealed with
626.000
see-through screw-cap made of PC for rotor
£70
220.72 V06 and for adaptors 705.000, etc.
626.001
(pack of 2)
£70
605.002
Screw-cap made of PC for bucket 605.000
626.008
and 605.001 (pack of 2)
£70
605.003
O-ring for buckets 605.000 and 605.001
626.009
(pack of 10)
£70
705.000
Adaptor 1 x 100ml., 40mm. dia.,
626.002
Bucket 1 x 50ml. (Falcon), 29mm. dia.,
£70
705.012
626.010
Bucket 1 x 50ml. with rim, 29mm. dia.,
£70
705.001
Price Each
£70
£70
£70
£70
£70
£70
£70
£70
£70
£70
£460
£111
£130
£36
£19
£59
£69
£59
www.progensci.co.uk
12
CENTRIFUGES
ZEAL
Hermle Z306 Benchtop Unrefrigerated Centrifuge, 4 x 100ml. cont.
705.006
Adaptor 1 x 50ml. (Falcon), 29mm. dia.,
705.013
Adaptor 1 x 50ml. with rim, 29mm. dia.,
705.014
705.002
705.018
Adaptor 1 x 15ml. (Falcon), 17 mm. dia.,
120 mm. length (pack of 2)
Tube rack 2 x 15ml. (Falcon), 17mm. dia.,
705.005
120mm. length (pack of 2).
Can only be used without bucket lid
705.015
Tube rack 2 x 15ml. with rim, 17mm. dia.,
120mm. length (pack of 2).
705.003
Tube rack 4 x 15ml., 17mm. dia.,
705.007
Tube rack 7 x 5-7ml., 13mm. dia.,
705.009
Tube rack 5 x 1.5ml., 11mm. dia.,
705.011
Tube rack 3 x 10ml. Sarstedt, 17mm. dia.,
705.008
Tube rack 4 x 5-7ml., 13mm. dia.,
705.016
Tube rack 4 x 10ml. Vacutainer, 17mm. dia.,
605.004
Round bucket for rotor 220.72 V06 for
2 x 50ml. Falcon tubes with 29mm. dia.,
605.005
Round bucket for rotor 220.72 V06 for
3 x 15ml. Falcon tubes with 17mm. dia.,
605.010
Rectangular bucket for Cyto-System
(4000 rpm. / 1305 x g.)
26.5062
Carrier for cyto-container (pack of 1).
4 units required
45.5064
Cyto-container with 2 cylindrical bore holes,
1.5ml. (pack of 1)
45.5065
Cyto-container with 2 conical bore holes,
3ml. (pack of 1)
23.5103
Spare cover for cyto-container (pack of 1)
25.5085
Filter cards for cylindrical container
(pack of 100)
25.5086
Filter cards for conical container
(pack of 100)
220.50 V08 Swing-out rotor with 2 x 3 microtitre
plate carriers, (0 – 90 degree angle),
max. speed 3500 rpm (1524 x g.)
606.001
Replacement carrier for rotor 220.50 V08
(pack of 2)
706.000
Tube rack for 48 x 1.5/2.0ml. for 220.50 V08
(pack of 2)
705.010
Price Each
£59
£69
£69
£69
£59
£69
£69
£69
£60
£69
£69
£96
£69
£69
£129
£120
£311
£209
£67
£67
£12
£60
£56
£631
£176
£217
Price Each
221.16 V03 Swing-out rotor with 2 x 3 microtitre
£800
plates carriers, (0 – 90 degree angle),
max. speed 4500 rpm (2739 x g.)
607.000
£231
(pack of 2)
£179
706.000
Adaptor 48 x 1.5/2.0ml. (pack of 2)
Fixed angle rotors:
NOTE:
All adaptors are in pack of 2 unless stated otherwise
221.55 V02 6 x 50 ml. round bottom or Falcon tubes, £372
30 mm. dia., angle rotor (40 degrees
angle); max. speed 6,000 rpm.
(4,427 x g.) incl. inserts 603.000
708.019
Adaptor, 1 x 30ml., 25mm. dia.,
£53
92/95mm. length
708.003
£53
100/105mm. length
£53
708.004
100/105mm. length
708.030
Adaptor for 15ml. round bottom
£36
or Falcon tube, 17 mm. dia., min. / max.
length: 110-116 / 125-133 (4105 / 4185 x g.)
221.19 V02 30 x 15ml. tubes, 17 mm. dia., angle
£631
rotor (35 degrees angle); max.
speed 4,500 rpm. (2,830 x g.)
701.011
Adaptor for 7ml. tubes, 13.5 mm. dia.,
£25
min. / max. length: 95 / 115 mm.
£23
701.012
£41
701.015
Adaptor for 1.5ml. tubes, 11 mm. dia.,
length: 42 mm. (pack of 6)
221.54 V02 12 x 15ml. round bottom or Falcon tubes, £350
17 mm. dia., angle rotor (32 degrees angle);
max. speed 6,000 rpm. (4,427 x g.)
701.011
Adaptor for 7ml. tubes, 13.5 mm. dia.
£25
701.012
£23
£41
701.015
Adaptor for 1.5ml. tubes, 11 mm. dia.,
length 42 mm. (pack of 6)
220.87 V09 24 x 1.5/2.0ml. angle rotor
£343
(45 degrees angle); max. speed 13,500 rpm.
(17,319 x g.) – with push on lid
704.004
Adaptor set for 0.2/0.4ml., 6mm. dia.,
£20
704.005
Adaptor set for 0.5ml., 8mm. dia.,
£20
220.87 V10 24 x 1.5/2.0ml. angle rotor (45 degrees
£559
angle); hermetically sealable;
max. speed 13,500 rpm. (17,319 x g.),
with hermetically sealed lid
£20
704.004
704.005
£20
£582
angle); hermetically sealable;
max. speed 12,000 rpm. (15,133 x g.),
with hermetically sealed lid
704.004
£20
704.005
£20
www.progensci.co.uk
13
CENTRIFUGES
ZEAL
Hermle Z326 Unrefrigerated and Z326K Refrigerated
Benchtop Centrifuges, 4 x 100ml.
Features:
n
n
Max. RCF: 23,545 x g.
n
n
(model Z326K only)
n
Standstill cooling (model Z326K only)
n
Running time: from 30 seconds to 99 h. 59 min. or continuous
n
Digital display of preset and actual speed / RCF, time and
temperature (Z326K only)
n
n
n
Automatic rotor identification system with overspeed protection
n
Active imbalance identification with safety cut-off
n
n
Quick key for short runs with corresponding digital display of
elapsed time in seconds
n
n
Noise level under 60 dBA at max. speed
n
Dimensions: Z326 - 400W x 360H x 480D mm. ;
Z326K - 400W x 360H x 700D mm.
n
Weight: Z326 - 43 Kg.; Z326K – 60 Kg.
n
- Splash proof digital display
- Selection of speed in both rpm and g-force, with increments of 10
- 10 acceleration and deceleration rates, possibility of unbraked
deceleration
- Direct access to parameters; no need to click through the
programme
- Temperature selection available in both ºC and ºF (Z326K only)
or continuous
- Pre-cooling programme option (Z326K only)
- Standstill cooling runs including rotor type (Z326K only)
Price Each
312.00 V01 Hermle Model Z326 unrefrigerated
£2424
benchtop centrifuge
311.00 V01 Hermle Model Z326K refrigerated
£3455
benchtop centrifuge
Swing-out rotors:
NOTE: All adaptors are in pack of 2 unless stated otherwise
221.12 V03 4 x 100 ml. swing-out rotor (0 – 90 degrees angle); £440
626.000 Bucket 1 x 100ml., 44mm. dia., 90/108mm. length
(pack of 2)
£70
626.001 Bucket 1 x 85ml., 38mm. dia., 90/108mm. length (pack of 2) £70
626.002 Bucket 1 x 50ml. (Falcon), 29mm. dia., 116mm. length
£70
(pack of 2)
626.010 Bucket 1 x 50ml. with rim, 29mm. dia., 116mm. length
£70
(pack of 2)
626.003 Bucket 2 x 15ml. (Falcon), 17mm. dia., 120mm. length
£70
(pack of 2)
626.013 Bucket 2 x 15ml. with rim, 17mm. dia., 120mm. length
£70
(pack of 2)
626.005 Bucket 9 x 5-7ml., 13mm. dia., 75/100mm. length (pack of 2) £70
626.014 Bucket 10 x 1.5ml., 11mm. dia., 42mm. length (pack of 2) £70
626.007 Bucket 9 x 4.5ml., 12mm. dia., 75/100mm. length (pack of 2) £70
626.015 Bucket 9 x 5-7ml., 13mm. dia., 65/80mm. length (pack of 2) £70
626.006 Bucket 7 x 5-7ml.Vacutainer, 13mm. dia., 75/100mm. length £70
(pack of 2)
220.72 V06 4 x 100 ml. swing-out rotor (0 – 90 degrees angle); £460
605.000 Round bucket for rotor 220.72 V06 and for adaptors
£111
705.000, etc (pack of 2)
605.001 Round bucket, hermetically sealed with see-through
£130
screw-cap made of PC for rotor 220.72 V06 and for
adaptors 705.000, etc. (pack of 2)
605.002 Screw-cap made of PC for bucket 605.000 and
£36
605.001 (pack of 2)
£19
605.003 O-ring for buckets 605.000 and 605.001 (pack of 10)
705.000 Tube rack 1 x 100ml., 40mm. dia., 90/108mm. length
£59
(pack of 2)
£69
(pack of 2)
£59
(pack of 2)
£59
(pack of 2)
705.006 Tube rack 1 x 50ml. (Falcon), 29mm. dia., 116mm. length
£69
(pack of 2)
705.013 Tube rack 1 x 50ml. with rim, 29mm. dia., 116mm. length £69
(pack of 2)
£69
(pack of 2)
£59
(pack of 2)
705.018 Tube rack 1 x 15ml. (Falcon), 17mm. dia., 120 mm. length £69
(pack of 2)
705.005 Tube rack 2 x 15ml. (Falcon), 17mm. dia., 120mm. length
£69
(pack of 2)
705.015 Tube rack 2 x 15ml. with rim, 17mm. dia., 120mm. length £69
(pack of 2)
(pack of 2)
£60
www.progensci.co.uk
14
CENTRIFUGES
ZEAL
Benchtop Centrifuges, 4 x 100ml. cont.
705.007 Tube rack 7 x 5-7ml., 13mm. dia., 75/100mm. length
£69
(pack of 2)
705.009 Tube rack 5 x 1.5ml., 11mm. dia., 42mm. length (pack of 2) £69
705.011 Tube rack 3 x 10ml. Sarstedt, 17mm. dia., 85/100mm. length £96
(pack of 2)
705.008 Tube rack 4 x 5-7ml., 13mm. dia., 75/100mm. length
£69
(pack of 2)
705.016 Tube rack 4 x 10ml.Vacutainer, 17mm. dia., 75/100mm.
£69
length (pack of 2)
£129
605.004 Round bucket for rotor 220.72 V06 for 2 x 50ml. Falcon
tubes with 29mm. dia., 116mm. length (pack of 2)
605.005 Round bucket for rotor 220.72 V06 for 3 x 15ml. Falcon
£120
tubes with 17mm. dia., 120mm. length (pack of 2)
605.010 Rectangular bucket for Cyto-System
£311
(4000 rpm. / 1305 x g.)
26.5062 Carrier for cyto-container (pack of 1). 4 units required
£209
45.5064 Cyto-container with 2 cylindrical bore holes, 1.5ml.
£67
(pack of 1)
45.5065 Cyto-container with 2 conical bore holes, 3ml. (pack of 1) £67
23.5103 Spare cover for cyto-container (pack of 1)
£12
25.5085 Filter cards for cylindrical container (pack of 100)
£60
25.5086 Filter cards for conical container (pack of 100)
£56
221.16 V03 Swing-out rotor with 2 x 3 microtitre plates carriers, £800
(0 – 90 degree angle), max. speed 4500 rpm (2739 x g.)
607.000 Replacement carrier for rotor 221.16 V03 (pack of 2)
£231
706.000 Adaptor 48 x 1.5/2.0ml. (pack of 2)
£217
Fixed angle rotors:
220.78 V05 6 x 85 ml. angle rotor (25 degrees angle);
£1064
max. speed 11,000 rpm. (13,933 x g.) – with lid
707.000
Adaptor, 2 x 15ml., 17mm. dia., 95/100mm. length
£56
707.001
£56
707.014
Adaptor, 1 x 15ml (Falcon)., 17mm. dia., 120mm. length £56
707.015
£56
707.002
£56
707.003
Adaptor, 1 x 50ml., 29mm. dia., 105mm. length
£56
707.004
Adaptor, 1 x 50ml. (Falcon)., 29mm. dia., 118mm. length £56
£922
707.000
£56
707.001
£56
707.014
Adaptor, 1 x 15ml (Falcon)., 17mm. dia., 120mm. length £56
707.015
£56
707.002
£56
707.003
£56
707.004
Adaptor, 1 x 50ml. (Falcon)., 29mm. dia., 118mm. length £56
221.20 V02 4 x 85 ml. angle rotor ( 30 degrees angle);
£891
707.000
£56
707.001
£56
707.014
Adaptor, 1 x 15ml (Falcon)., 17mm. dia., 120mm. length * £56
707.015
£56
707.002
£56
707.003
£56
707.004
Adaptor, 1 x 50ml. (Falcon)., 29mm. dia., 118mm. length * £56
* Falcon tubes can only be used without the rotor lid!
221.52 V02 110 x 50 ml. angle rotor (38 degrees angle),
£946
for 50ml. Falcon tubes only; max. speed 7,500 rpm.
(8,170 x g.) – with lid
708.030
Adaptor, 1 x 15ml. Falcon / round bottom, 17mm. dia., £36
97 / 121mm. min. length; 123 / 121 max. length
Max. RCF: 4,346 / 4,225 x g.
701.011
Adaptor, 1 x 7ml., 13.5m. dia., 95/115mm. length
£25
701.012
Adaptor, 1 x 5ml. (RIA), 13.5mm. dia.,70/90mm. length £23
Adaptor, 1 x 1.5ml., 11mm. dia., 42. length (pack of 6)
701.015
£41
£828
708.019
£53
708.003
£53
708.004
£53
708.017
Adaptor, 1 x 15ml. (Falcon), 17.5mm. dia.,
£53
116/125mm. length *
* Falcon tubes can only be used without the rotor lid!
221.28 V02 20 x 10ml. angle rotor (30 degrees angle);
£895
221.17 V03 30 x 1.5/2.0ml. angle rotor (45 degrees angle);
£582
hermetically sealable; max. speed 13,000 rpm.
(17,760 x g.) – with lid
704.004
Adaptor set for 0.2/0.4ml., 6mm. dia., 45mm. length
£20
(pack of 6)
704.005
Adaptor set for 0.5ml., 8mm. dia., 45mm. length
£20
(pack of 6)
£560
hermetically sealable; max. speed 14,000 rpm.
(18,625 x g.) – with lid
704.004
£20
(pack of 6)
704.005
£20
(pack of 6)
£343
704.004
£20
(pack of 6)
704.005
£20
(pack of 6)
£519
max. speed 13,500 rpm. (17,115 / 14,466 x g.) – with lid
704.004
£20
(pack of 6)
704.005
£20
(pack of 6)
£534
704.004
£20
(pack of 6)
704.005
£20
(pack of 6)
220.92 V06 64 x 0.4 ml. angle rotor (40 degrees angle);
£551
max. speed 13,500 rpm. (16,708/14,059 x g.) – with lid
221.38 V01 4 x 8 place PCR strips angle rotor (45 degree angle); £692
max. speed 15,000 rpm., (15,344 x g.) – with lid
£631
max. speed 4,500 rpm. (2829/2467 x g.) – no rotor lid
701.011
Adaptor, 1 x 7ml., 13.5mm. dia., 95/115mm. length
£25
(pack of 2)
701.012
Adaptor, 1 x 5ml. (RIA), 13.5m. dia.,70/90mm. length
£23
(pack of 2)
£41
701.015
Adaptor, 1 x 1.5ml., 11mm. dia., 42mm. length
(pack of 6)
www.progensci.co.uk
15
CENTRIFUGES
ZEAL
221.54 V02 12 x 15 ml. round bottom or Falcon tubes,
£350
17 mm. dia. angle rotor (35 degree angle);
max. speed 6,000 rpm. (4,427 x g.)
701.011
£25
(pack of 2)
£23
701.012
(pack of 2)
701.015
£41
(pack of 6)
221.55 V02 6 x 50ml. round bottom or Falcon tubes, 30 mm. dia. £372
angle rotor (40 degree angle); max. speed 6,000 rpm.
(4,427 x g.)
708.019
Tube rack, 1 x 30ml., 25mm. dia., 92/95mm. length
£53
(pack of 2)
708.003
708.004
708.030
701.011
701.012
701.015
Tube rack, 1 x 16ml., 18mm. dia., 100/105mm. length
(pack of 2)
Tube rack, 1 x 15ml., 17m. dia.,100/105mm. length
(pack of 2)
Adaptor for 15ml. round bottom or Falcon tubes,
17 mm. dia., min. / max. length: 110-116 / 125-133 mm.
(4105 / 4185 x g.)
(pack of 2)
(pack of 2)
(pack of 6)
£53
£53
£35
£25
£23
£41
Benchtop Centrifuges, 6 x 250 ml.
Large capacity – High speed (16,000 rpm. max.) –
Small footprint – Packed with features – Affordable
The universal Z366 benchtop centrifuge reaches new heights
regarding the versatility, running features, easy handling and design.
Both the tube capacity of up to 28 x 15 ml. Falcon tubes and centrifugal
forces up to 29,068 x g. turns the Z366 into a universal, high powered
centrifuge.
Features and specifications:
n
Speed range: Z366 – 200 to 15,000 rpm / 21,382 x g.;
Z366K – 200 to 16,000 rpm. / 24,321 x g.
n
Maintenance-free induction drive
n
Max. volume: 6 x 250ml.
n
(model Z366K only)
n
Standstill cooling (Z366K only)
n
n
n
Quiet running: noise level < 60 dBA at maximum speed
n
Microprocessor with large LCD display
n
n
Automatic rotor identification system with over speed protection
(prevents rotors from running above their maximum rated speed)
n
Active imbalance detection and cut-off
n
n
Audible signal at the end of each run
n
Large variety of rotors and accessories
n
Manufactured according to IEC 1010 and 1010-2 standard
n
Distinct control panel:
- simple one handed operation
- easy to programme with gloves on
- splash-proof digital display
- permanent display of preset and actual values
- selection of speed in both rpm and g-force with increments of 10
- 10 acceleration and 10 deceleration rates with storage
n
n
of up to 99 runs
- direct access to parameters; no need to click through programme
- pre-selection of running time from 10 seconds to 99h 59min
or continuous
- quick key for short runs
Dimensions: Z366 - 430W x 510D x 380H mm.;
Z366K – 720W x 510D x 360H mm.
Weight: Z366 - 52 Kg.; Z366K – 77 Kg.
www.progensci.co.uk
16
CENTRIFUGES
ZEAL
Price Each
301.00 V03 Hermle Model Z366 Unrefrigerated
£2641
Centrifuge, Max. volume 6 x 250 ml.
(fixed angle rotor), 4 x 250ml. (swing-out rotor)
319.00 V01 Hermle Model Z366K Refrigerated
£4163
Centrifuge, Max. volume 6 x 250 ml.
(fixed angle rotor), 4 x 250ml. (swing-out rotor)
Swing-out rotors:
£813
221.15 V02 4 x 250 ml. high capacity swing-out rotor,
max. speed 4500 rpm / 3780 x g.
£45
628.100
Screw-cap, polycarbonate for 628….. buckets
(pack of 2)
628.101
Spare 0-rings for 628.100 screw-caps
£19
(pack of 10)
£144
628.000
Bucket 1 x 250ml., 62mm. dia. (pack of 2)
628.001
£144
628.002
£144
628.005
Bucket 3 x 50ml. Falcon, 29mm. dia.
£144
(pack of 2)
£144
628.003
Bucket 5 x 25ml., 24.5mm. dia. (pack of 2)
628.004
£144
628.007
Bucket 7 x 15ml. Falcon, 17mm. dia.
£144
(pack of 2)
£144
628.008
628.009
Bucket 1 x 50ml., 29mm. dia. with rim
£144
(pack of 2)
£144
628.010
Bucket 3 x 25ml., 24.5mm. dia. with rim
(pack of 2)
£144
628.011
Bucket 7 x 15ml., 17mm. dia. with rim
(pack of 2)
£144
628.012
628.013
Bucket 14 x 5 – 7ml., 13mm. dia. (pack of 2)
£144
628.014
Bucket 10 x 1.6 – 7ml. Vacutainer, 13mm. dia.
£144
(pack of 2)
£144
628.015
Bucket 8 x 4 – 10ml. Vacutainer, 16mm. dia.
(pack of 2)
£144
628.016
Bucket 9 x 1.5/2.0ml., 11 mm. dia. (pack of 2)
221.16 V03 Microtitre plate rotor with 2 carriers,
£800
max. loading height 58 mm.; max. load 310 g.
£231
607.000
(pack of 2)
£217
706.000
Fixed angle rotors:
221.21 V02 Angle rotor for 6 x 250 ml. tubes
£1565
max. speed 8,000 rpm / 10,017 x g.
£78
713.015
713.020
£78
713.025
Adaptor, 4 x 15m (Falcon)., 17mm. dia.,
£78
120mm. length
£78
713.028
713.030
Adaptor, 1 x 50ml., 29mm. dia., 103mm. length £78
713.042
Adaptor, 1 x 50ml (Falcon)., 30mm. dia.,
£78
115mm. length
max. speed 11,000 rpm / 15,556 x g.
707.001
Adaptor, 1 x 15ml., 17mm. dia.
707.002
707.003
707.004
Adaptor, 1 x 50ml. Falcon, 29mm. dia.
707.014
£922
max. speed 12,000 rpm / 14,811 x g.
707.001
707.002
707.003
707.004
707.014
£891
for 50ml. Falcon tubes only; max.
speed 9,500 rpm. (13,115 x g.) – with lid
708.030
Adaptor, 1 x 15ml. Falcon / round bottom,
17mm. dia., 97 / 121mm. min. length; 123 /
121 max. length Max. RCF: 4,346 / 4,225 x g.
701.011
Adaptor, 1 x 7ml., 13.5m. dia.,
95/115mm. length
701.012
Adaptor, 1 x 5ml. (RIA), 13.5mm. dia.,
70/90mm. length
701.015
Adaptor, 1 x 1.5ml., 11mm. dia., 42. length
(pack of 6)
£948
max. speed 13,000 rpm / 15,871 x g.
708.019
708.003
708.004
708.017
£828
221.19 V02 Angle rotor for 30 x 15 ml. Falcon tubes
701.011
Adaptor, 1 x 7ml., 13.5mm. dia., 95/115mm.
min./max. length
701.012
Adaptor, 1 x 5ml (RIA)., 13.5mm. dia., 70/90mm.
min./max. length
701.015
(pack of 6)
£631
221.28 V02 Angle rotor for 20 x 10 ml. Falcon tubes
max. speed 12,000 rpm /15,777 x g.
£895
£56
£56
£56
£56
£56
£56
£56
£56
£56
£56
£36
£25
£23
£41
£53
£53
£53
£53
£25
£23
£41
220.87 V09 Angle rotor for 24 x 1.5 / 2.0 ml. microtubes £343
max. speed 15,000 rpm / 23,645 x g. for Z366,
16,000 rpm. / 24,321 x g. for Z366K
£20
704.004
Adaptor set for 0.2/0.4ml. (pack of 6)
704.005
Adaptor set for 0.5ml. (pack of 6)
£20
220.87 V10 Angle rotor for 24 x 1.5 / 2.0 ml. microtubes, £560
sealable, max. speed 15,000 rpm / 23,645 x g.
for Z366, 16,000 rpm. / 24,321 x g. for Z366K
704.004
Adaptor set for 0.2/0.4ml. (pack of 6)
£20
704.005
Adaptor set for 0.5ml. (pack of 6)
£20
www.progensci.co.uk
17
CENTRIFUGES
ZEAL
Benchtop Centrifuges, 4 x 750 ml.
Large capacity – High speed (16,000 rpm. max.) – Small footprint
– Packed with features – Affordable
Features and Specifications:
n
n
Max. RCF: 26,331 x g.
n
n
Temperature range: -20°C to +40°C with 1°C increments
(Z446K only)
n
Pre-cooling programme (Z446K only)
n
Standstill cooling (Z446K only)
n
n
n
n
n
Automatic rotor identification system with overspeed
protection, immediately upon rotor insertion
n
Active imbalance identification with safety cut-off (rotor specific)
n
Stainless steel chamber
n
CFC-free refrigeration system
n
Price Each
n
316.00 V01 Hermle Model Z446 benchtop unrefrigerated
centrifuge, 230V / 50-60 Hz.
Max. volume: 4 x 500 ml. (fixed angle rotor),
4 x 750 ml. (swing-out rotor)
317.00 V01 Hermle Model Z446K benchtop refrigerated
centrifuge, 230V / 50-60- Hz.
Max. volume: 4 x 500 ml. (fixed angle rotor),
4 x 750 ml. (swing-out rotor)
n
Noise level under 65 dBA at max. speed (depending on rotor)
Swing-out rotors:
n
n
n
Quick key for short runs with corresponding digital display of
elapsed time in seconds
Manufactured according to international safety regulations i.e. IEC
61010
Dimensions: Z446 - 540W x 390H x 670D mm.;
Z446K – 730W x 390H x 670D mm.
n
Weight: Z446 - 79 Kg.; Z446K – 111 Kg.
n
Power input: Z446 – 640W; Z446K - 1630W
n
- Splash proof digital display with foil keypad
- Selection of speed in both rpm and g-force, with
increments of 10
- 10 acceleration and deceleration rates, possibility of unbraked
deceleration
- Direct access to parameters; no need to click through the
programme
or continuous
- Storage of up to 99 runs including rotor
£3334
£4846
£885
221.36 V02 Swing-out rotor, 4 places; max. speed
4,000 rpm. for Z446 and 4,500 rpm. for Z446K
616.110
Rectangular buckets for rotor 221.36 V02;
£POA
Max. speed: 4,000 rpm. (3,130 x g.) for Z446,
4,500 rpm. (3,962 x g.) for Z446K; max. loading
height 80mm.; Max. loading weight: 640g.
£POA
616.112
PC lid for rectangular bucket 616.110
Adaptors for rectangular buckets on request
616.120
Microtitre plate carrier for max. 3 x microtitre
£277
plates / place, suitable in rotor 221.36 V02
Max. speed: 4,000 rpm. (2,755 x g.) for Z446 and
4,500 rpm. (3,485 x g.) for Z446K; max. loading
height 72mm.; Max. loading weight:310g.
616.100
Round buckets for rotor 221.36 V02 for max. £348
750ml.; Max. speed: 4,500 rpm. (4,347 x g.);
616.102
PC lid for round bucket 616.100
£95
716.024
Adaptor 1 x 250ml. bottle, 62mm. dia.;
£167
135mm. length
716.100
Adaptor 1 x 225ml. / 1 x 190ml., 61mm. dia.;
£143
min./max. 120/140mm. length
716.023
Adaptor 3 x 100ml., 41mm. dia., min./max.
£167
102/123mm. length
716.101
Adaptor 5 x 50ml. Falcon, 29mm. dia.,
£143
116mm. length
www.progensci.co.uk
18
CENTRIFUGES
ZEAL
Benchtop Centrifuges, 4 x 750 ml. cont.
716.102
716.021
716.020
716.103
716.104
716.018
716.015
716.016
716.106
716.105
716.109
716.106
716.106
716.105
716.105
£143
116mm. length
Adaptor 7 x 50ml. round bottom, 29mm. dia.,
£167
£167
102/123mm. length
£143
121mm. length
£143
121mm. length
Adaptor 18 x 15ml. round bottom, 17mm. dia., £167
Adaptor 21 x 10ml., 16 mm. dia., min./max.
£167
70/121mm. length
£167
98/119mm. length
Adaptor f. Vacutainer 21 x 1.8-5ml. or 21 x 4-7ml., £143
13mm. dia., min./max. 75/100mm. length
Adaptor f. Vacutainer 18 x 5ml. or 18 x 6-10ml., £143
Adaptor f. Sarstedt 38 x 1.1-1.4ml., 8mm. dia.,
£143
66mm. length
Adaptor f. Sarstedt 21 x 2-3ml. or 3.5-5ml.,
£143
Adaptor f. Sarstedt 21 x 2.6-2.9ml. / 2.7/4.3ml. / £143
4.9ml., 13mm. dia., 9 x 5-7ml., 13mm. dia.,
65 / 75 / 90mm. length
£143
Adaptor f. Sarstedt 18 x 4-5.5ml. / 7.5-8.2ml.,
15mm. dia., 75 / 92mm. length
Adaptor f. Sarstedt 18 x 9-10ml., 16mm. dia.,
£143
92mm. length
220.86 V02 Swing-out rotor, 4 places for round bottom £632
and rectangular buckets, Max. speed
4,500 rpm. (3,894 x g.) for Z446 and 5,000 rpm.
(4,807 x g.) for Z446K
610.000
Rectangular bucket without cap for 250ml. £316
bottles or tube racks 710.--£95
616.102
PC lid for round bucket 616.100
710.000
Adaptor 1 x 250ml. bottle, 61mm. max. dia.;
£76
710.001
Adaptor 1 x 190ml. Falcon, 61mm. dia.;
£131
138mm. length
£84
710.002
90/120mm. length
710.003
Adaptor 1 x 85ml., max. 38mm. dia., min./max. £104
90/125mm. length
710.004
90/120mm. length
710.005
90/115mm. length
710.006
Adaptor 2 x 50ml., max. 28.5mm. dia., min./max. £149
90/120mm. length
710.007
£149
116mm. length
710.008
Adaptor 3 x 50ml. Falcon (can only be used
£161
without the lid of the bucket)
710.009
710.010
710.011
710.012
710.013
710.014
710.010
710.015
710.016
710.017
710.019
710.020
710.021
710.022
38.5414
26.5062
45.5064
45.5065
23.5103
25.5085
25.5086
611.000
613.000
613.001
613.012
713.009
713.010
713.011
711.003
711.004
90/115mm. length
85/120mm. length
£143
120mm. length
Adaptor 9 x 15ml. Falcon (can only be used
£158
without the lid of the bucket)
90/100mm. length
Adaptor 20 x RIA (5ml.), max. 13 mm. dia.,
£43
Adaptor f. Vacutainer 12 x 6-10ml., max. 16mm. £48
dia., min./max. 85/120mm. length
Adaptor f. Vacutainer 12 x 5ml., max. 16mm. dia., £104
Adaptor f. Vacutainer 14 x 1.8-5ml., max. 13mm. £104
Adaptor f. Sarstedt 14 x 4-7ml., max. 13mm. dia., £104
Adaptor f. Sarstedt 8 x 9-10ml, max. 16.5mm. dia., £104
Adaptor f. Sarstedt 12 x 4-5.5ml. / 7.5-8.2ml.,
£104
Adaptor f. Sarstedt 5 x 4.9ml., 13mm. dia., 90mm. £104
length
Adaptor f. Sarstedt 15 x 2.5ml. / 3.5-5ml., 11mm. £104
Cyto-system fitting rectangular bucket 610.000:
Adaptor for cyto-carrier, 4 units necessary
£74
Carrier for cyto-container, 4 units necessary
£209
Cyto-container with 2 cylindrical bore-holes
£67
1.5ml.
Cyto-container with 2 conical bore-holes 3ml. £67
Spare cover for cyto-container
£12
Filter cards for cylindrical container, pack of
£60
100 pieces
£56
Filter cards for conical container, pack of
100 pieces
£317
Round bucket with o-ring and see-through
PC screw cap, hermetically sealable,for rotor
220.86 V01 and adaptors 711.000… (pack of 2)
and 713.000… incl. insert 613.000
Spare insert for bucket 611.000 for adaptors
£33
711.000…, and 713.000… (pack of 2)
£19
Replacement o-ring for bucket 611.000
(pack of 10)
Replacement cap for bucket 611.000 (pack of 2) £43
Adaptor 1 x 190ml. Falcon, 61mm. dia.;
£78
138mm. length
Adaptor 1 x 100ml., 40mm. dia., 114mm. length £78
80/120mm. length
85/110mm. length
85/120mm. length
www.progensci.co.uk
19
CENTRIFUGES
ZEAL
711.005
711.006
711.007
711.008
711.009
711.010
711.011
711.012
713.001
713.002
713.003
713.007
713.005
713.006
713.004
711.022
Adaptor 1 x 50ml., max. 28.5mm. dia., min./max.
95/130mm. length
116mm. length
Adaptor 2 x 25ml., max. 24mm. dia., min./max.
85/120mm. length
Adaptor 7 x 15ml., max. 17mm. dia., min./max.
105/120mm. length
120mm. length
Adaptor 12 x 7ml., max. 13mm. dia.,
100mm. length
Adaptor 12 x RIA (5ml.), max. 13 mm. dia.,
Adaptor f. Vacutainer 7 x6-10ml., max. 16mm.
Adaptor f. Vacutainer 7 x 5ml., max. 16mm. dia.,
75mm. length
Adaptor f. Vacutainer 8 x 1.8-5ml., max. 13mm.
dia., 75mm. length
Adaptor f. Sarstedt 8 x 4-7ml., max. 13mm. dia.,
100mm. length
Adaptor f. Sarstedt 5 x 9-10ml, max. 16.5mm.
Adaptor f. Sarstedt 7 x 4-5.5ml. / 7 x 7.5-8.2ml.,
Adaptor f. Sarstedt 12 x 4.9ml., 13mm. dia.,
90mm. length
Adaptor f. Sarstedt 12 x 2.5ml. / 12 x 3.5-5ml.,
Adaptor 8 x 1.5ml., 11mm. dia., 40mm. length
£74
625.009
£74
625.014
£42
625.023
£42
625.010
£74
625.007
£45
625.007
£45
625.007
£42
625.008
£78
625.008
£78
625.011
£78
625.013
£78
625.015
£79
625.016
£79
625.017
625.018
625.019
625.021
625.100
£79
£74
221.08 V04 Swing-out rotor, 4 places, Max. speed
£727
4500 rpm. (4211 x g.)
625.020
Plate carrier for 2 plates, for swing-out rotor
221.08 V04, Max. speed 4500 rpm. (3327 x g.),
max. loading height 63mm., max. loading
weight 310g. (pack of 2 – 2 packs required for
221.08 V04)
625.000
Bucket to hold 12 x 15ml. Falcon, 17mm. dia.,
£201
120mm. length
625.022
Bucket to hold 7 x 50ml. round bottom, 30mm. £201
625.001
£201
120mm. length (bucket can only be used without lid)
625.002
£201
120mm. length
625.003
Bucket to hold 1 x 250ml., 62mm. dia., min./max. £201
110/130mm. length
625.004
Bucket to hold 1 x 500ml., 80mm. dia.,
£201
125mm. length (aluminium bucket can only
be used without lid)
625.005
Bucket to hold 7 x 25ml. round bottom,
£201
24mm. dia., 100mm. length
625.006
Bucket to hold 14 x 15ml. round bottom,
£201
625.101
Bucket for Vacutainer 22 x 1.8-5ml., 13mm. dia.,
Bucket for Vacutainer 22 x 4-7ml., 13mm. dia.,
Bucket for Vacutainer 19 x 5ml., 16mm. dia.,
56mm. length
Bucket for Vacutainer 19 x 6-10ml., 16mm. dia.,
min./max.95/105mm. length
Bucket for Sarstedt 14 x 4-5.5ml., 16mm. dia.,
Bucket for Sarstedt 14 x 7.5-8ml., 16mm. dia.,
min./max.75/92mm. length
Bucket for Sarstedt 14 x 9-10ml., 16mm. dia.,
Bucket for Sarstedt 19 x 2.6-2.9ml., 13mm. dia.,
Bucket for Sarstedt 19 x 4.9ml., 13mm. dia.,
Bucket to hold 19 x 5-7ml., 13mm. dia.,
Bucket to hold 25 x 1.5-2.0ml., 11mm. dia.,
42mm. length
Bucket to hold 4 x 50ml. conical with rim,
30mm. dia., 120mm. length
Bucket to hold 1 x 190ml. Falcon conical,
62mm. dia.
Bucket to hold 3 x 100ml., 41mm. dia.
Bucket to hold 3 x Centriprep 50ml., 30mm. dia.
Bucket to hold 5 x Universal 30ml., 26mm. dia.
Bucket to hold 2 x carrier for Cyto-container
Plastic cap with o-ring for 625.--- buckets
(pack of 2)
Sealing help
£201
£201
£201
£201
£201
£201
£201
£201
£201
£201
£201
£201
£201
£201
£201
£201
£201
£118
£13
221.16 V03 Swing-out rotor, 2 places incl. 2 carriers
£800
607.000 for microtitre plates;
max. speed 4500 rpm. (2716 x g.); max. loading
height 63mm., max. loading weight 310g.
607.000
£231
(pack of 2)
706.000
£217
Fixed angle rotors:
£922
707.000
£56
95/100mm. length
707.001
£56
103/110mm. length
707.014
£56
120mm. length
707.015
£56
103/110mm. length
707.002
£56
93/103mm. length
www.progensci.co.uk
20
CENTRIFUGES
ZEAL
707.003
707.004
Adaptor, 1 x 50ml. (Falcon)., 29mm. dia.,
118mm. length
£56
£56
712.100
£891
707.000
£56
95/100mm. length
707.001
£56
103/110mm. length
707.014
£56
120mm. length
707.015
£56
103/110mm. length
707.002
93/103mm. length
£56
707.003
Adaptor, 1 x 50ml., 29mm. dia., 105mm. length £56
707.004
Adaptor, 1 x 50ml. (Falcon)., 29mm. dia.,
118mm. length
£56
* can only be used without rotor lid
max. speed 8,000 rpm. (10,017 x g.) – no lid
713.015
713.020
713.025
120mm. length
713.028
713.030
713.042
118mm. length
£1565
£78
£78
£78
£78
£78
£78
£828
for 50ml. round bottom tubes only;
708.019
Adaptor, 1 x 30ml., 25mm. dia., 92/95mm. length £53
708.003
100/105mm. length
£53
708.004
£53
100/105mm. length
708.017
Adaptor, 1 x 15ml. (Falcon), 17.5mm. dia.,
£53
116/125mm. length *
* can only be used without rotor lid
221.28 V02 20 x 10ml. angle rotor (30 degrees angle);
£895
221.51V02 4 x 500ml. angle rotor (24 degrees angle);
max. speed 8,000 rpm. (10,375 x g.) – no lid
712.001
Adaptor, 1 x 250ml., 61.5mm. dia.;
195mm. length
712.102
Adaptor, 1 x 250ml. Corning, 60.5mm. dia.;
171mm. length
712.100
712.101
712.104
712.103
712.105
Adaptor, 1 x 175ml. Falcon, 61.5mm. dia.;
118mm. length
137mm. length
103mm. length
Adaptor, 3 x 50ml., 29mm. dia.; 103mm. length
92mm. length
Adaptor, 6 x 15ml., 17mm. dia.;
120mm. length
£95
£95
£95
£95
£95
£95
£948
for 50ml. Falcon tubes only;
708.030
Adaptor, 1 x 15ml. Falcon / round bottom,
£36
17mm. dia., 97 / 121mm. min. length;
123 / 121 max. length Max. RCF: 15,937 / 12,811 x g.
701.011
Adaptor, 1 x 7ml., 13.5m. dia., 95/115mm. length £25
701.012
Adaptor, 1 x 5ml. (RIA), 13.5mm. dia.,
70/90mm. length
£23
701.015
Adaptor, 1 x 1.5ml., 11mm. dia., 42. length
£41
(pack of 6)
angle); hermetically sealable; max. speed
15,000 rpm. (23,639 x g.)
£582
£343
angle); max. speed 16,000 rpm. (24,328 x g.)
– with push-on lid
704.004
£20
704.005
£20
£560
angle); max. speed 16,000 rpm. (24,328 x g.)
– hermetically sealable
704.004
£20
704.005
Adaptor set for 0.5ml., 8mm. dia., 45mm. length £20
(pack of 6)
221.38 V01 4 x 8 place PCR strips angle rotor (45 degree
angle); max. speed 15,000 rpm., (15,345 x g.)
– with lid
£692
£1659
£95
£95
Contact Progen Scientific for information about Hermle high speed,
refrigerated benchtop centrifuges, models Z32HK and Z36HK
www.progensci.co.uk
21
COLONY COUNTER
ZEAL
Boeco CC-1 Colony Counter
The Boeco CC-1 Colony Counter is designed with all solid state circuitry and the
pressure sensor system provides uniform sensitivity over the whole of the
working field. It is suitable for counting bacteria growing on all agar contained in
different sizes of petri dishes.
Features:
n
Latest electronic type ring-shaped lamp used for its illuminating device. At a
touch, the fluorescent tube lights up directly or indirectly over the entire
petri dish surface for a steady, non-glare illumination
n
Number of counts up to 4 digits i.e. 9999, and displayed on bright red, 0.6"
LED
n
Adjustable focusing arm enables the magnifying glass to be placed at
various angles of working position
n
The focusing arm can also accommodate lenses of various magnitudes
n
Intelligent counting technology enables the CC-1 to count with any type of
marking pen. Every time a count is registered the beeper gives an audible
signal to verify entry
n
Accepts 10 to 15 cm. diameter petri dishes using flexible adjuster
n
Zero reset button
n
The background plate can be changed to white or black for easy counting
n
Modes of counting:
- Marking pen counting (any pen)
- Switch pen counting (optional)
n
n
Weight: 5 Kg.
BOE 5157000
Boeco Model CC-1 Colony
Counter, supplied with 1.5x
standard lens, focusing arm,
marking pen and power cord
Price Each
£441
DRY BATH INCUBATORS
AND THERMOMIXERS
Labnet AccuBlock™ Digital Dry Baths
Features:
n
n
Single or double block models
n
Precise microprocessor control and
n
digital display
n
Broad temp. range: ambient +5° to
n
150°C in 0.1°C
n
n
Temperature uniformity / accuracy:
± 0.2°C / ± 0.3°C
D1100-230V Single block capacity dry bath
(without block)
D1200-230V Two block capacity dry bath
(without blocks)
19 aluminium block formats to
choose from
Digital display can be easily user
calibrated
Supplied with screw-in block lifter
Dimensions / Weight (both models):
200W x 265D x 83H mm. / 2.2 kg.
Price Each
£213
£272
Blocks and accessories:
D1105A
Block, 24 x 1.5ml. tubes
£55
D1105A-RACK Plastic rack for D1105A to load / unload
£23
20 x 1.5ml. tubes simultaneously (pack of 3 racks)
D1105
£55
D1115-TALL Block, 12 x 15ml. Falcon tubes
£55
D1150-TALL Block, 5 x 50ml. Falcon tubes
£55
D1100-PS
PopStopper (prevents tube caps
£21
popping off) for blocks D1102, D1102A,
D1105 and D1105A
D1102
Block, 48 x 0.2ml. PCR tubes or 6 x
£58
(8 x 0.2ml.) strips
D1102A
£55
D1106
Block, 35 x 6mm. tubes
£55
D1112
£52
D1113
£52
Hot
Shots
2015
D1110
D1116
D1117
D1120
D1125
D1196-PCR
D1296
D1296-PCR
D12384
Block, 12 x 15 or 16mm. tubes
Single Block, 96 well PCR plate, skirted or
unskirted (for D1100-230V model only)
Dual Block, 96 well microtitre plate
or 4 slides (for D1200-230V model only)
Dual Block, 96 well PCR plate, skirted or
unskirted (for D1200-230V model only)
Dual Block, 384 well PCR plate
(for D1200-230V model only)
Solid block for machining (no holes)
D1101
£52
£55
£52
£52
£52
£129
£99
£126
£134
£48
www.progensci.co.uk
22
DRY BATH INCUBATORS
AND THERMOMIXERS
ZEAL
Labnet AccuBlock Mini Compact Digital Dry Bath for
12 x 1.5 ml. Tubes
Features:
n
Accurate temperature control from ambient +5ºC to 100ºC in
0.1ºC increments
n
Temperature uniformity / accuracy: < 0.2ºC / < 0.2ºC
n
Integral anodised aluminium block to hold 12 x 1.5 ml.
tapered microcentrifuge tubes and has a thermometer well
for temperature confirmation or calibration
n
Precision LCD digital display
n
AccuRack transfer rack included to facilitate the loading or
unloading of all tubes simultaneously, improving efficiency.
The AccuRack can stand on a bench to hold the tubes while
they are prepared for loading and its four legs slip into slots
on either side of the block without interference to location of
the sample tubes. Alternatively tubes can be loaded and
unloaded manually without the AccuRack
n
Timer: 0 – 19 hours 59 minutes or continuous
n
Built-in calibration mode allows end users to calibrate the bath as needed
n
n
Weight : 1.3 kg.
En Electrical : 230V / 50-60 Hz
Price Each
D0100-230V Labnet AccuBlock Mini
£185
Digital Dry Bath, 12 x 1.5 ml.,
230V, supplied with 1 x AccuRack
Labnet AccuThermTM Heating / Cooling Shaking Incubator
Features:
n
Small footprint
n
Temperature range from 14ºC below ambient to +100ºC
n
8 interchangeable blocks to accommodate a wide range of tube sizes from
0.2ml. to 15ml., microplate and water bath
n
Rapid heating and cooling
n
Fine-tune speed control from 300 – 1500 rpm
I-4002-HCS-230V AccuTherm™ microtube
shaking incubator, 230V
Interchangeable blocks:
I-4000-A
Block A, 40 x 1.5ml. tubes
I-4000-B
Block B, 54 x 0.5ml. tubes
I-4000-C
Block C, 96 x 0.2ml. tubes
I-4000-D
Block D, 24 x 15ml. tubes
I-4000-E
Block E, water bath (Int. dim.:
115Wx73Dx38H mm.)
I-4000-G
Block G, 26x 0.5ml. and
24 x 1.5ml. tubes
I-4000-H
Block H, 40 x 0.2ml. tubes
I-4000-J
Block J, 96-well ELISA plate
Price Each
£782
Technical specifications:
£124
£124
£124
£124
£139
£189
£140
£189
Temperature setting range
Temperature control range
Timer
Mixing speed range
Mixing amplitude
Temperature control accuracy
Display accuracy
Temperature uniformity
Heating time
Cooling time
0ºC to 105ºC
Room temperature -14ºC to100ºC
1 minute to 99 hours 59 minutes
300 – 1500 rpm
3 mm.
< ± 0.5ºC
< ± 0.5ºC
< ± 0.5ºC
6.5ºC / minute; ≤ 12 minutes (20ºC to 100ºC)
1.5ºC / minute; ≤ 8 minutes (RT to RT - 10ºC)
www.progensci.co.uk
23
ELECTROPHORESIS
ZEAL
Labnet Enduro™ Gel XL Complete Horizontal
Electrophoresis System
Combined power supply and tank with casting accessories
Features:
n
Combined (detachable) power supply and gel tank
n
Full function power supply – set voltage and amperage up to 150V / 400mA
and time. The power supply can be set to constant voltage or constant
current with automatic crossover between the two parameters
n
Flexibility- runs Mini Gels (6 x 6cm.) to Midi Gels (12.5 x 12.5cm.)
n
Throughput – run up to 112 samples per gel (or run two small gels or four micro
gels at the same time)
n
Convenience – cast gels in advance in stand-alone gel caster; casting set and
combs included
n
Vented lid – to dissipate heat produced during electrophoresis
n
Electrode Cassettes – protect fragile electrodes from damage and allow for easy replacement
n
Moulded construction – the migration tank, gel trays and multi-channel combs are moulded for leakproof performance and a long
service life
n
Built-in safety – a magnetic sensor allows current to flow to the electrodes only when the lid is in place. If the lid is removed while the
system is operating, current is immediately shut down
n
Large Digital Display – parameters are shown on the large digital display that is easily visible from a distance
n
No Tangled Leads – the direct connection of the power supply into the gel box eliminates the need for power leads
n
Simple Operation – programming the power supply is easy using the mode and arrow pads on the membrane keypad
n
Value for money
Price Each
Specifications:
E0160-230V
Labnet
Enduro™
Gel
XL
Electrophoresis
System,
£348
n
Overall dimensions: 245W x 170D x 62H mm.
includes gel tank, power supply and standard casting set
n
Gel tank dimensions: 183W x 164D x 56H mm.
(1 large and 2 small gel trays, 4 large combs and a casting stand)
n
Power supply dimensions: 75W x 170D x 62H mm.
Accessories:
n
Max. sample capacity: 112 (4 x 28 tooth combs)
E0161
Large gel tray set (12.5 x 12.5cm.), pack of 2
£15
n
Gel capacity: Large – 1 x (12.5 x 12.5cm.);
E0162
Small gel tray (12.5 x 6cm.), pack of 2
£15
Small – 2 x (12.5 x 6cm.);
E0163
Micro gel tray set (6 x 6cm.), pack of 4)
£22
Micro – 4 x (6 x 6cm.)
E0164
Large comb set, 14/28 teeth, reversible, pack of 2
£22
n
Buffer capacity: 300ml.
E0165
Small comb set, 5/8 teeth, reversible, pack of 2
£22
n
Input voltage: 1AC, 100-240V, 50/60 Hz
E0166
Micro casting set, includes 4 micro gel trays,
£72
n
Output voltage: 10 – 150V
2 small combs and a casting stand
n
Output current: 10 – 400mA
E0167
Casting stand, for all gel sizes
£22
n
Timer: 99 hours, 59 minutes or continuous
E0168
Standard casting set, includes 1 large and 2 small gel trays, £75
n
Memory: last programmes parameters saved
4 large combs and a casting stand
Labnet Enduro™ Electrophoresis Power Supplies
Quality and features at affordable prices
The Labnet Enduro™ power supplies are ideal for DNA, RNA and
protein electrophoresis as well as blotting. They provide a high degree
of sophistication and versatility yet are extremely easy to use. Three
models are available to meet a variety of needs. They all provide
dependable performance with simple programming (250V and 500V models only)
and are certified to IEC-61010-1 the international safety standard. This ensures the
highest level of safety and protection.
The Enduro™ 300V power supply is ideal for general laboratory use especially for horizontal gel
electrophoresis and mini-vertical PAGE gels. This high value power supply provides operating choices that include
constant voltage or constant amperage with automatic crossover, no load detection, sudden load change and
over voltage protection. It comes with a timer and allows for timed or continuous operation. All operating
parameters are set using the membrane keypad and displayed digitally on the backlit LCD. Safety features are
incorporated into the power supply systems. The units can all be programmed to restart in the event of a power
disruption. It comes with outputs for up to 4 sets of leads to run up to 4 gel tanks simultaneously.
Hot
Shots
2015
www.progensci.co.uk
24
ELECTROPHORESIS
ZEAL
Labnet Enduro™ Electrophoresis Power Supplies cont.
The Enduro™ 250V power supply is a high current
programmable power supply ideal for all blotting
applications, horizontal gel electrophoresis and many vertical
protein applications where programming is necessary. It
features a voltage range from 5 to 250V in 1V increments.
Current is adjustable in 0.01A steps to a maximum of 3A.
Wattage is adjustable in 1W steps up to 300W. It comes with
outputs for up to 4 sets of leads.
The Enduro™ 500V power supply is a fully programmable
power supply ideal for all protein and DNA gel running
applications. It is a 500V, 800mA. 300W power supply with a
timer and ability to programme up to 6 steps per method.
Ideal for applications requiring easing of samples into gels
before speeding up runs.
Price Each
E0303-230V Enduro 300V power supply,
£281
2 to 300V (in 1V), 4 to 500mA
(in 1mA), 90W max.output
£543
5 to 250V (in 1V), 10 to 3000mA
(in 10mA), 1 to 300W (in 1W) output
£868
5 to 500V (in 1V), 1 to 800mA
(in 1mA), 1 to 300W (in 1W) output
Specifications:
Output voltage
range / increments
Output current
range / increments
Output power
range / increments
Operating constant
modes
Timer
Model 300V
2 – 300V / 1V
Model 250V
5 – 250V / 1V
Model 500V
5 – 500V / 1V
4 – 500 mA /
1 mA
90W maximum /
N.A.
Voltage or current
10 – 3000 mA /
10 mA
1 – 300W / 1W
1 – 800 mA /
1 mA
1 – 300W / 1W
Voltage or
current or power
1 minute – 99 hour
59 minutes
or continuous
Programmable
No
Dimensions
190W x 250D x
80H mm.
2.5 kg.
120 – 230V
Voltage or
current or power
Constant mode:
1 – 9999 minutes
with alarm or
continuous
6 steps /
programme /
30 programme
memory
190W x 305D x
95H mm.
2.5 kg.
100 – 240V
Weight
Input voltage
1 – 999 minutes
or continuous
10 steps /
programme /
20 programme
memory
190W x 250D x
80H mm.
2.5 kg.
120 – 230V
Labnet Enduro™ Mini Electrophoresis
Power Supply and PowerStack
The Enduro™ Mini is a great saver of space and
money. This power supply can handle up to 2 gel
boxes at a time and is great for horizontal
DNA gels and Mini-vertical protein gels.
These are small in size but not
performance. They are stackable but when
combined with the PowerStack rack they
can be efficiently stacked allowing optimal
air circulation while only utilising one
power outlet at the laboratory bench. These units are
full features with 300V, 400mA, 60W and a timer
built-in. They can run at either constant voltage or
constant current and have automatic crossover as
well as no load detection.
Hot
Shots
2015
E0304-230V Labnet Enduro™ Mini 300V
power supply
E0304-R
Labnet Enduro™ PowerStack
(to hold up to 3 x E0304-230V)
Price Each
£232
£152
Specifications:
Output voltage range / increments
Output current range / increments
Output power range / increments
Operating constant modes
Timer
Programmable
Dimensions
Weight
Input voltage
10 – 300V / 1V
10 – 400 mA / 1 mA
60W maximum / N.A.
Voltage or current
1 – 999 minutes with alarm or continuous
No
140W x 191D x 84H mm.
1 kg.
100 – 230V
Labnet Enduro™ Power Supply Adaptors
Price Each
E1007-AD Extends the length of the standard electrode
£14
cables (4 mm.) of Labnet’s electrophoresis
equipment to fit with deeply recessed power supplies
Compatibility: 4 mm. to 4 mm.
E1007-AD2 Allows Labnet’s electrophoresis
equipment to be run from high voltage
power supplies with 2 mm. outputs
Compatibility: 4 mm. to 2 mm.
£14
www.progensci.co.uk
25
ELECTROPHORESIS
ZEAL
Scie-Plas Semi-Dry Blotter (10 x 10 cm.)
Simple and cost effective
The V10-SDB (10 x 10cm.) semi-dry blotter is ideal for fast transfer of proteins and nucleic acids
without the need for costly accessories such as gel cassettes and tanks. Corrosion-free platinumcoated titanium and stainless steel plate electrodes, corresponding to the anode and cathode,
maximise the active area of transfer so that the full electrical contact is made between the gel and
the membrane. This allows transfer to be completed within an hour with the minimum of heat
dissipation, buffer consumption and mess in the laboratory, normally associated with blotting
techniques. Gels can be stacked for higher throughput blotting .
Specifications:
Model:
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Active transfer area (W x L)
Sample throughput
Rec. current setting
Power output connectors
Rec. power supply
V10-SDB
17 x 7.5 x 17cm.
10 x 10cm.
1 x (10 x 10cm.) mini-gel
80mA / 0.8mAcm-²
4mm.
Labnet E0303-230V
Price Each
V10-SDB
Scie-Plas
£467
10 x 10cm.
semi-dry blotter
Labnet EnduroTM Horizontal Gel Units
Enduro™ Horizontal Gel Units have
been designed for ease of use, safety
and durability. A variety of sizes are
available, from mini gel systems to a
large maxi system that can
accommodate as many as 450
samples in a single run. A wide range
of accessories are available to
customise your system, including
multi-channel compatible gel combs.
Hot
Shots
2015
Features:
n
Moulded, durable construction
for leakproof performance and a long service life
n
Corrosion resistant platinum electrodes are located
in cassettes to protect them during cleaning and
provide for easy replacement
n
Low buffer volumes
n
Lids fit on gel units in only one direction
n
Drip ring on the lid recycles condensed buffer and
prevents it from dripping directly onto the gel
n
Ease of use – simply snap the rubber gates onto the
ends of the tray, place the comb in position (slots on
the sides of the gel trays hold the combs in place)
and pour the gel – no taping is necessary
n
Adjustable height combs. Gel units are supplied
with 1.5mm. thick combs but combs of other
thicknesses are available separately
n
After gel has hardened, the combs and gates are removed and the gel and tray placed in the gel box.
n
Loading strips may be placed on the bottom of the
gel box to aid in well visualisation
n
Gel trays are UV transparent
n
Removal of safety lid disconnects power from the
system
n
Side tabs and pressure pads make lid removal easy
and prevent sloshing of the buffer
Price Each
E1007-7 Enduro™ 7.7: Gel size: 7 x 7 cm.; Buffer volume: 225 ml.; £172
Max. samples: 32; Supplied with gel tray 7 x 7 cm.,
2 x 8 tooth combs; Dimensions: 90 x 210 x 90 mm.
£179
E1007-10 Enduro™ 7.10: Gel size: 7 x 10 cm.;
Buffer volume: 225 ml.; Max. samples: 64;
Supplied with gel tray 7 x 10 cm.,
3 x 8 tooth combs; Dimensions: 90 x 210 x 90 mm.
£181
2 x 10 tooth multichannel compatible combs;
Dimensions: 125 x 220 x 90 mm.
£216
1 x 16 tooth multichannel compatible comb and
1 x 20 tooth comb; Dimensions: 175 x 265 x 90 mm.
£280
Supplied with gel tray 15 x 15 cm., 1 x 16 tooth
multichannel compatible comb, 1 x 20 tooth comb
and 1 x 28 tooth multichannel compatible comb;
£293
2 x 40 tooth combs and 2 x 20 tooth multichannel
compatible combs; Dimensions: 230 x 395 x 90 mm.
Wide range of accessories available. Contact Progen Scientific
www.progensci.co.uk
26
ELECTROPHORESIS
ZEAL
Labnet Enduro™ 96 Horizontal Gel Box
The Enduro™ 96 is an ideal complement to the Labnet molecular biology line.
The 96-well format horizontal gel electrophoresis unit is compatible with 8channel multichannel pipettes and matches up with the standard 96-well plate
configuration. The average run time for this 10 x 12 cm. gel is 15 – 30 minutes.
The layout of wells is designed to allow a run length of 1.8 cm. per sample
providing ideal separation. For those who already own E1010-10 horizontal gel
boxes, comb sets are available to upgrade to an Enduro™ 96.
Features:
n
n
n
96-well format
Multichannel pipette compatible
For high throughput analysis of PCR products
Specifications:
Gel dimensions:
10 x 12 cm.
Dimensions:
22 x 12.5 x 9 cm.
Buffer volume:
300 ml.
Max. sample capacity:
96 samples plus 1 or 2 marker lanes
Combs available:
8 + 1 marker or 8 + 2 markers
Comb thickness:
1 or 1.5 mm.
E1010-9611
Labnet Enduro 96, UV tray, comb block with
12 x 8 sample, 1 mm. thick combs, casting dams.
Combs have one marker lane
E1010-9611.5
12 x 8 sample, 1.5 mm. thick combs, casting dams.
Combs have one marker lane
E1010-9621
12 x 8 sample, 1 mm. thick combs, casting dams.
Combs have two marker lanes
E1010-9621.5
12 x 8 sample, 1.5 mm. thick combs, casting dams.
Combs have two marker lanes
Price Each
£299
£299
£299
£299
Comb blocks (for use with E1010-10):
E1010-9611-CB
Labnet Enduro 96, comb for E1010, 1 marker, 1 mm. thick comb block
E1010-9611.5-CB Labnet Enduro 96, comb for E1010, 1 marker, 1.5 mm. thick comb block
E1010-9621-CB
Labnet Enduro 96, comb for E1010, 2 markers, 1 mm. thick comb block
E1010-9621.5-CB Labnet Enduro 96, comb for E1010, 2 markers, 1.5 mm. thick comb block
£145
£145
£145
£145
Additional combs:
E0101-9611-C
8 sample comb for Enduro 96 comb block, 1 marker, 1 mm. thick
E0101-9611.5-C 8 sample comb for Enduro 96 comb block, 1 marker, 1.5 mm. thick
E0101-9621-C
8 sample comb for Enduro 96 comb block, 2 markers, 1 mm. thick
E0101-9621.5-C 8 sample comb for Enduro 96 comb block, 2 markers, 1.5 mm. thick
£23
£23
£23
£23
Additional tray:
E1010-96T
Midi, 96 well tray
£64
www.progensci.co.uk
27
ELECTROPHORESIS
ZEAL
Labnet Enduro™ Modular 10 x 10 cm. Vertical PAGE
Electrophoresis Systems
Labnet’s Enduro™ Vertical PAGE System is modular,
allowing PAGE, electroblotting and 2D gel
electrophoresis to be carried out in the same tank,
simply by changing the inserts. Users can purchase only
the parts they need, or a complete combined system for
a cost saving over buying all three systems separately.
Hot
Shots
2015
Features:
n
Modular design – all three inserts, PAGE, electroblotting and
2D electrophoresis, have their own electrode assembly that
connects into the lid of the buffer tank
n
Most 10 x 10 cm. pre-cast gels, including NuSep™, Bio-Rad™,
Invitrogen™ and Lonza™, can be used with the Enduro™ PAGE
system. The use of pre-cast gels saves time by eliminating the need
to pour gels and wait while they polymerise
n
Built for safety and endurance – the buffer tank is moulded from
high quality acrylic for leakproof performance and long service life.
Pins on the top of the inserts ensure that the lid is placed onto the
insert in the proper orientation. These pins also aid in the removal of
the lid. Removing the lid disconnects power to the electrodes
n
Quick and easy set-up
PAGE Insert: A set of 10 x 10 cm. plates are placed on either side of
the insert and held into place by the pressure bar. An additional gel
may be run on each side by stacking the plates. The assembly is then
placed into the casting stand for pouring the gel. After the gel is polymerised, the insert is removed from the casting stand and
placed in the buffer tank
Electroblotting Insert: The electroblotting insert has a capacity for 3 gels. Setting up blots is easy – gels are sandwiched in the
blotting cassettes with the transfer membranes. The cassettes are then placed in the insert, which is in turn placed in the buffer
tank. Coiled electrodes in the insert generate a high intensity current, allowing transfer to take place in about an hour
2D Electrophoresis Insert: This insert is used for running the first dimension of IEF gels. Up to 10 x 8cm. gels are poured in
disposable capillary tubes and placed in this insert. Graduated ports allow for easy insertion and removal of tubes. Blocking plugs
are included for closing off ports that are not in use
n
Wide range of accessories – a variety of combs and spacers of varying widths are available to customise your Enduro™ system. All
are colour coded and clearly marked for easy identification. Both notched and plain plates can be purchased with spacers
permanently bound for easy set-up. Additional fibre pads and replacement cassettes are also available as well as capillary tubes,
blanking ports and tube supports. Cooling packs are also available to help reduce buffer temperature during higher voltage or
longer runs
E2010-PA
Enduro™ PAGE System, includes PAGE insert, buffer tank with leads and cooling pack
E2010-PB
Enduro™ PAGE Electroblotting System, includes the blotting insert and PAGE system components
E2010-P2
Enduro™ PAGE 2D System, includes the 2D insert and PAGE system components
E2010-BT
Enduro™ Electroblotting System, includes buffer tank, blotting insert and 3 cassettes
E2010-BM
Electroblotting Module only for use with Enduro™ PAGE System (E2010-P)
E2010-2M
2D Electrophoresis Module only for use with Enduro™ PAGE System (E2010-P)
E2010-PM
PAGE Module (without glass plates, combs and caster)
E2010-PCA
Enduro™ PAGE casting system
Price Each
£325
£442
£446
£302
£205
£195
£164
£78
Additional spacers, combs and plates are available. Contact Progen Scientific.
www.progensci.co.uk
28
ELECTROPHORESIS
ZEAL
Labnet Enduro™ VE20 Modular 20 x 20 cm. Vertical Gel
Electrophoresis System
The Enduro™ VE20 is Labnet’s large format vertical
gel electrophoresis system. It distinguishes itself in
its flexibility of applications and ease of gel casting
and set-up requiring only 4 screws to secure 4 gels.
The same gel tank can house an optional large
format electroblotting assembly. This system is ideal
for first and second dimensions SDS-PAGE, native,
preparative, gradient and high resolution nucleic
acid electrophoresis.
Features:
n
n
n
n
Large 20 x 20 cm. format system
Electroblotting and gel electrophoresis
in the same universal gel tank
Quick assembly system
Complete system allows casting of gels
and running of gels at the same time
increasing efficiency
Plate dimensions:
Standard spacer dimensions:
IPG spacer dimensions:
Unit dimensions:
Unit weight:
Number of gels:
Total volume inner buffer chamber:
Total buffer volume for 2 gels:
Total buffer volume for 4 gels:
Standard run time for SDS-PAGE
(without cooling):
Standard run time for SDS-PAGE
(with cooling):
20 x 20 (x 0.4 thick) cm.
2W x 20H cm.
0.6W x 20H cm.
30W x 18D x 27H cm.
2.5 kg.
1-4
640ml.
5.3 litre
4.8 litre
4 – 5 hours
3 – 4 hours
E2020
Labnet Enduro VE20 vertical electrophoresis system, includes 20 x 20 cm.
glass plates, 2 x 24 sample, 1 mm. thick combs, cooling coil and casting base
£766
E2020-CU
Labnet Enduro VE20 dual casting system, includes 20 x 20 cm.
Dual, 2 sets of glass plates, 1 mm. thick bonded spacers, 2 x 24 sample,
1 mm. thick combs, cooling coil, dummy plate; also includes caster and external casting
£793
E2020-HITB
Labnet Enduro VE20 HS electroblotting system, 20 x 20cm, High Intensity System,
including tank and lid, 1 cassette, 6 fibre pads, cooling coil
£650
E2020-IEF
Labnet Enduro VE20 IEF conversion kit for 18 cm. IPG strips, includes
1 set of plain glass plates with bonded spacers, 0.6 x 20 cm. (W x H);
and 2 x 2-D combs with 1 x 3.5 mm. marker lane and 1 x 18 cm. preparatory well
£67
E2020-TB
Labnet Enduro VE20 electroblotting system, includes
20 x 20 cm. system with tank and lid, 4 cassettes, 18 fibre pads and cooling coil
£435
E2020-TBI
Labnet Enduro VE20 platinum wire electroblotting insert,
4x compression cassettes and 18x fibre pads - standard
£316
Price Each
Wide range of options and accessories available. Contact Progen Scientific.
www.progensci.co.uk
29
ELECTROPHORESIS
ZEAL
Scie-Plas Horizontal Gel Electrophoresis Units
Features:
n
Compact sizes, chemically welded to
provide leak-free units
n
12 mm. thick walls provide rigid, robust
durability
n
Low buffer volumes
n
Supplied with UV-transparent
removable casting tray
n
Gels can be cast in the units for ease
and safety
n
One way fit only safety lids with
integral power leads
n
Pure platinum electrodes and gold
plated terminals
n
Optional external casting units
available for some units
n
Cooling coil option available on some
models
n
All models supplied with 2 shrouded
power leads
Price Each
HU6
Mini Horizontal Gel Unit with removable
£248
gel casting tray Gel size: 6 x 7.5 cm.
Includes: 1 x UV tray 6 x 7.5 cm. (W x L), 2 x 1 mm.,
8 sample combs, coloured strips
Max. sample capacity: 32. Buffer volume: 325 ml.
£43
HU6-CU External casting unit for 3 gel casting trays
HU6-UT Gel casting tray 6 x 7.5 cm.
£38
H1-SET ‘Easigel’ horizontal gel unit with
£214
removable casting tray Gel size: 10 x 8 cm.
Includes: 2 x 1.5 mm. 8 sample combs,
2 x gel casting gates
Max. sample capacity: 40. Buffer volume: 80 ml.
£275
HU10
Mini-Plus Horizontal Gel Unit with
removable gel casting tray
Gel size: 10 x 11.5 cm.
Includes: 1 x UV tray 10 x 11.5 cm. (W x L),
2 x 1 mm., 16 sample combs, coloured strips
Max. sample capacity: 80.
Buffer volume: 450 ml.
£51
HU10-CU External casting unit for 3 gel casting trays
HU10-UT Gel casting tray 10 x 11.5 cm.
£44
HU13
Midi Horizontal Gel Unit with removable
£301
gel casting tray Gel size: 12.8 x 15 cm.
Includes: 1 x UV tray 12.8 x 15 cm. (W x L),
2 x 1 mm., 16 sample combs, coloured strips,
buffer recirc. ports
Max. sample capacity: 112.
Buffer volume: 900 ml.
£58
HU13-CU External casting unit for 3 gel
casting trays
£43
HU13-UT Gel casting tray 12.8 x 15 cm.
Price Each
HU15
Standard Horizontal Gel Unit with
£368
removable casting tray Gel size: 15 x 15 cm.
Includes: 1 x UV tray 15 x 15 cm., casting gates
with integral silicone seals, 2 x 1 mm.
16 sample combs, coloured loading strip,
buffer recirc. ports Max. sample capacity: 120.
Buffer volume: 1,200 ml.
£89
HU15-UT Gel casting tray 15 x 15 cm., incl. casting
gates with integral silicone seals
£21
HU15-SS 2 x Super-Seals, 15 cm. long silicone seals
allow gel length to be tailored to user
requirements
£467
HU20
Maxi-Standard Horizontal Gel Unit with
removable gel casting tray Gel size: 20 x 20 cm.
Includes: 1 x UV tray 20 x 20 cm. (W x L),
2 x 1 mm., 16 sample combs, coloured strips,
2 casting gates Max. sample capacity: 168.
Buffer volume: 2,200 ml.
£615
CHU20 Cooled Maxi-Plus Horizontal Gel
Electrophoresis Unit
£95
HU20-UT Gel casting tray 20 x 20 cm. incl. casting
HU25
Maxi-Plus Horizontal Gel Unit with removable £594
casting tray, including casting gates with
integral silicone seals, 6 x 1mm thick, 26-sample
combs, coloured loading strips and buffer
recirculation ports. Gel size: 25 x 30cm. (W x L).;
Max. buffer volume: 3000ml.
Maximum sample capacity: 624
£741
CHU25 Cooled Maxi-Plus Horizontal Gel
Electrophoresis Unit
£123
HU25-UT 1 x Gel casting tray 25 x 30 cm. incl. casting
Contact Progen Scientific for accessories for above systems,
Scie-Plas Vari-Gel Range and all Scie-Plas vertical gel systems
www.progensci.co.uk
30
FUME HOODS (PORTABLE)
ZEAL
Cruma Portable Fume Hoods
Cruma portable fume hoods are suitable for use where there is no access to external ducting, the filtered air being recirculated into the
room. They can also be moved from bench to bench, room to room or site to site if required.
There are two types of fume hood available:
Type G: Use a single activated carbon main filter and are used for filtering gases and vapours
Type GS: Use a combination of an activated carbon main filter and a HEPA filter and are used for filtering gases and particles
Pre-filter: All CRUMA fume hoods are fitted with a Class G4 synthetic bio-fibre pre-filter (according to the EN-779 standard) for the
retention of atmospheric dust.
All the activated carbon filters used by CRUMA have been impregnated, manufactured and tested according to the requirements of the EN141 standard. They are designed to absorb the products listed below:
Type A: Ideal for organic vapours such as ketones, ethers, alcohols, xylenes, aromatic hydrocarbons, etc. It may also be used for inorganic
acids, provided they are in low proportions as the activated carbon is not impregnated and any excess of acid could damage it.
Type BE: Ideal for inorganic acids like H2SO4, HCl, HNO3 as well as volatile sulphur compounds such as H2S, SO3, etc. It can be used with
organic vapours, as the activated carbon has metallic compound and neutralising salt impregnations. It is also recommended for filtering
organic and inorganic compounds, provided that they are all in similar proportions.
Type F: Ideal for formaldehyde and derivatives as well as organic compounds. The carbon is impregnated with Cu and should never be
used with inorganic acids.
Type K: Ideal for NH3 and amines and good for organic compounds. Impregnated with metallic salt complexes.
Type ABEK: Mixed type to be used when the proportions of organic, inorganic and NH3 / amines are similar
ECO2 Fume Hood
Designed to meet two main criteria, economy and ecology (hence ECO²), for the handling of chemical reagents and compounds at room
or moderate temperature in all kinds of laboratories.
Features:
n
External dimensions: 780W x 600D x 950H (1010H for GS) mm.
n
Internal dimensions: 770W x 560D x 760H mm.
n
Noise level: 50dB
n
Solid sides and rear wall as standard
n
Anemometer
n
Filter saturation detection system
n
Volume of treated air / hour (m³/hr.): 175 (170 for GS)
n
Average face speed of air (m³/hr.): 0.50
n
Internal hood volume (m³): 0.287
n
Air removals in the hood per minute: 10.2 (9 for GS)
n
Illumination (optional)
n
No base, use liquid retention tray or bench
n
Average assembly time: 20 – 30 minutes
2
Price Each
2
CRECO G / GS CRUMA ECO Fume Hood supplied
£1695
with pre-filter, solid walls
Main filters (must be ordered with fume hood)
A001
Type A filter for G hood
AD001
Type AD filter for GS hood
B001
Type BE filter for G hood
BD001
Type BED filter for GS hood
F001
Type F filter for G hood
FD001
Type FD filter for GS hood
K001
Type K filter for G hood
KD001
Type KD filter for GS hood
MX001
Type ABEK filter for G hood
MXD001
Type ABEKD filter for GS hood
£199
£457
£249
£531
£241
£515
£307
£565
£332
£614
Options:
ILL/ECO
KIT001
KIT002
PRE4
PRE10
Illumination, internal
Gas detection kit.
Specify gas tested on order
Gas detector tubes (pack of 10)
Specify gas tested on order
Pre-filters (pack of 4)
Pre-filters (pack of 10)
Price Each
£133
£515
£91
£46
£108
Contact Progen Scientific for full range
of Cruma fume hoods and accessories
www.progensci.co.uk
31
GEL DOCUMENTATION
SYSTEMS
ZEAL
Labnet Enduro™ GDS and GDS Touch Gel
Documentation Systems
The Labnet Enduro™ GDS Gel
Documentation System is a state-ofthe-art imaging system providing an
incredible combination of performance,
value and ease of use. It is a perfect fit
with the rapidly expanding Labnet
Enduro™ Electrophoresis and
Molecular Biology product line.
The Enduro™ GDS provides exceptional
resolution with a 5MP scientific camera,
a built-in UV transilluminator with a
safety shut-off switch, and viewing port
which are unique in this price range.
The large field of view (20 x 24 cm.)
allows for large gel imaging, or the
imaging of many gels at once. The
system was designed to always be in
focus, which means no manual
manipulation of the lens is required, ever.
Application flexibility is achieved through the UV transilluminators, the
optional white light conversion screen, and optional blue conversion
screen. The standard filter on the Enduro™ GDS is compatible with
ethidium bromide , SYBR® Safe, gel red and SYBR® Green to name a few.
The optional Clear Gel Tray provides a great tool to make gel handling
easier. The tapered end allows safe transfer of gel reducing risk of
damaging gel in transport. The GDS is ready to use right out of the box.
Just connect to a PC and run.
The Enduro™ GDS was designed to save images as either .jpg files for
publication or .tiff files for quantitative analysis. Labnet offers TotalLab
1D software in either single, multiple user or network licenses. TotalLab
1D provides for the rapid analysis of images and can get you results in a
single click of the mouse. The user has the ability to review each stage of
the workflow analysis and intervene or edit if required. Combining high
levels of automation with final user review allows rapid and accurate
quantitative analysis. The user then has full control of the visualisation
tools and data display – outputting only those data fields that are of
importance as well as the images of choice. Reports can easily be
generated including quantitative data, gel image and band profile. This is
a full featured analytical software package that is the result of decades of
software refinement.
Price Each
GDS-1302
£3663
GDS-1365
GDS-12018
GDS-12019
GDS-12020
GDS-12021
GDS-12022
Labnet Enduro™ GDS Imaging System,
302 nm. Universal Voltage
Labnet Enduro™ GDS Imaging System,
365 nm., Universal Voltage
Clear Gel Tray – use for gel transfer
and cutting
White Light Conversion Tray –
use for Coomassie and Silver stain.
Converts UV to white light
Blue Light Conversion Tray.
Converts UV to blue light
Mitsubishi P95D Thermal Printer
Thermal Paper (5 rolls)
£3663
£115
£207
£426
£1145
£124
Specifications:
Camera resolution: 5 Megapixels (2592 x 1944),
10 bit scientific grade sensor
Highest resolution scientific
camera in its class
Best image possible for
qualitative work
Ability to discriminate between
close bands within the gel
More data points for accurate
quantitation
Lens:
8 mm., f1.4 hands-free lens with
Smart Capture technology. System
is pre-focused and maintains focus
for sample directly on
transilluminator or raised on
a gel tray
Cabinet:
Built-in UV transilluminator
(302 nm. or 365 nm.) with:
UV viewing port
Easy to open drawer provides
access for excising bands in gels
Software controls of UV light with
automatic shut-off switch
UV safety override switch in door
Maximum field of view 20 x 24 cm.
Software:
Application-driven imaging offers
streamlined workflow.
Optional: TotalLab 1D for
quantitative analysis*
For ideal imaging with a single click,
the innovative qualitative and
control software includes:
Automatic setting of aperture
and shutter speeds
Optimisation of exposures and
images with the large standard
palette of tools Control of UV light
Extended bulb lifetime with
automatic shut down of UV light
after image acquisition
Dimensions :
346W x 311D x 686H mm.
Weight :
21.4 kg.
* Recommended that Microsoft Excel is loaded on the PC to
use the optional TotalLab 1D software
PC Specifications :
Operating system : Windows XP (with Microsoft .NET
Framework 3.5)
Windows Vista, 32 or 64 bit
Windows 7, 32 or 64 bit
Minimum hardware 1.4 GHz processor speed
requirements
2GB RAM
16GB Free Hard Disk Space
1 USB (camera and printer)
www.progensci.co.uk
32
GEL DOCUMENTATION
SYSTEMS
ZEAL
Labnet Enduro™ GDS Touch Gel
Documentation System
The Labnet Enduro™ GDS Touch s an integrated system for DNA analysis and
gel documentation. It is based on the GDS but incorporates an integrated tablet
PC with a three position filter wheel with both EPI-Blue and EPI-White light
sources standard. The market has shown a growing demand for being able to
image DNA at higher wavelengths so as to prevent DNA nicking for downstream
applications. The powerful EPI-Blue light can discriminate bands stained with
SYBR® Safe up to 3 levels of magnitude greater than imagers using blue light
conversion screens. Just like the Enduro™ GDS, there is no need to touch the
camera. Installation and operation is simple and acquisition of images can be
achieved in 4 touches of the tablet. The Enduro™ GDS Touch is ideal for life
science research laboratories which need a flexible system with a small footprint.
Specifications:
Camera resolution:
5 Megapixels (2592 x 1944), scientific
grade sensor
Lens:
Manual f1.4 Lens (no focus required)
Field of view:
20 x 24 cm.
Standard illumination: EPI blue and white light, 302 or 365 nm.
UV transillumination
Pull-out UV:
For visualising and cutting bands
System controls:
Integrated Touchscreen computer
Filter:
Three position (EtBr included)
Image Capture Software:
Annotation and e-mail features:
5 minute auto shut-off of UV
UV on/off in software:
White light on/off in software:
Blue light on/off in software:
Desktop compatible:
Touchscreen / tablet compatible:
Communications
Footprint:
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
USB. Tablet has wireless and
bluetooth options
356W x 318D x 635H mm.
GDST-1302
Labnet Enduro™ GDS Touch
Imaging System, 302 nm. –
Universal Voltage
GDST-1365
Labnet Enduro™ GDS Touch
Imaging System, 365 nm. –
Universal Voltage
Enduro™ Gel Documentation System Accessories:
GDS-12018
Clear Gel Tray – use for gel
transfer and cutting
GDS-12019
White Light Conversion Tray –
use for Coomassie and Silver stain
GDS-12021
Mitsubishi P95D Thermal Printer
GDS-12022
Thermal Paper (5 rolls)
Optional Filters (for GDS Touch models only):
GDST-676R
Red filter (676 nm.)
GDST-572G
Green filter (572 nm.)
GDST-497B
Blue filter (497 nm.)
Price Each
£6080
£6080
£115
£207
£1145
£124
£733
£733
£733
Stain Guide:
Fluor / Stain
Description
Ethidium Bromide
Gel Red
SYBR® Green
Gel Green
SYBR® Safe
Coomassie Stain
Silver Stain
302 nm. UV
302 nm. UV
302 nm. and 488 nm.
Blue Light Conversion Screen
Blue Light Conversion Screen
White Light Conversion Screen
White Light Conversion Screen
Catalogue
number
Standard
Standard
Standard
GDS-12020
GDS-12020
GDS-12019
GDS-12019
Enduro™ TotalLab 1D Software (optional)
Labnet offers TotalLab 1D software in either single, multiple user or
network licenses. TotalLab 1D provides for the rapid analysis of images
and can get you results in a single click of the mouse. The user has the
ability to review each stage of the workflow analysis and intervene or
edit if required. Combining high levels of automation with final user
review allows rapid and accurate quantitative analysis. The user then
has full control of the visualisation tools and data display – outputting
only those data fields that are of importance as well as the images of
choice. Reports can easily be generated including quantitative data, gel
image and band profile. This is a full featured analytical software
package that is the result of decades of software refinement.
By pressing ‘Automatic’ on software toolbar the first three actions in
the experimental overview have been completed: (1) Lane Creation
(2) Background subtraction (3) Band detection
GDS-TL1D-1 TotalLab 1D, 1 user license
GDS-TL1D-1U TotalLab Quant upgrade, 1 user license
GDS-TL1D-3U TotalLab Quant upgrade, 3 user license
Price Each
£440
£806
£1026
£561
£1319
www.progensci.co.uk
33
HEATING & STIRRING
ZEAL
2mag MIX 1 eco Magnetic Stirrer with Internal Control Unit
Features:
n
Ultra-flat, maintenance and wear-free inductive magnetic stirrer
n
SoftStart procedure for reliable catching / centring and
safe acceleration of the stirring bar
n
Stirring positions: 1
n
Stirring volume: Up to 3,000 ml. and suitable with aggressive media
n
Speed range: 120 – 1,400 rpm. using analogue control knob
n
Stirring power: 10W
n
Material housing: stainless steel
n
Operation conditions: -10ºC to +50ºC (at 80% humidity)
n
Electrical: 100-240V / 50-60 Hz / 0.7A
n
n
Weight: approx. 1.7 kg.
n
Protection category: IP 64
30101
2mag MIX 1 eco magnetic stirrer,
single position, with internal control unit
Price Each
£261
2mag MIX 1 Magnetic Stirrer with Internal Control Unit
Features:
n
Ultra-flat, maintenance and wear-free inductive magnetic stirrer
n
Clear digital display for speed and power settings
n
SoftStart procedure for reliable catching /
centring and safe acceleration of the stirring bar
n
QuickSet for quick setting of start and maximum speed
n
Automatic memory function to save the last settings when turned off
n
n
Stirring volume: Up to 10,000 ml. for viscous media
n
Speed range: 100 – 2,000 rpm.
n
Power setting: 5, 10, 15, 20W (4 steps)
n
Material housing: stainless steel, hermetically sealed
n
n
Electrical: 100-240V / 50-60 Hz / 1.5A
n
n
n
30001
2mag MIX 1 magnetic stirrer, single position,
with internal control unit
Price Each
£441
Contact Progen Scientific for other 2mag internal control
magnetic stirrer models including multiple position stirrers
www.progensci.co.uk
34
HEATING & STIRRING
ZEAL
2mag MIXdrive Submersible Magnetic Stirrers for use with
MIXcontrol External Control Units
MIXdrive 1 and MIXdrive 1 eco Features:
n
Ultra-flat, maintenance and wear-free inductive magnetic stirrer for powerful
mixing of solutions with jerk-free stirring even at low speeds
n
Fully encapsulated and hermetically sealed stainless steel housing, extremely
robust construction and performance, easy to clean and maximum resistance
n
IP68 waterproof, dustproof and germproof; submersible in water baths
and suitable for use in incubators and ovens:
basic version up to + 50ºC in air or submerged in water,
HT-version up to + 95ºC submerged in water or up to + 200ºC in ovens
n
n
Stirring volume: Up to 3,000 ml. (MIXdrive 1 eco) or
up to 10,000ml. (MIXdrive 1)
n
Stirring power (maximum): 20 W (MIXdrive 1 eco) or 40W (MIXdrive 1)
n
n
Operating voltage (maximum): 48 VDC
n
Dimensions: MIXdrive 1 eco - 120W x 120D x 35H mm.
MIXdrive 1 - 180W x 180D x 38H mm.
n
Weight: MIXdrive 1 eco – approx. 1.5 kg.; MIXdrive 1 – approx. 3.3 kg.
n
MIXcontrol 20 and MIXcontrol 40 Features:
n
SoftStart for reliable catching / centring and
safe accelerating of the stirring bar
n
Speed range: 100 – 1,600 rpm. (MIXcontrol 20) or 100 – 2,000 rpm.
(MIXcontrol 40) using digital control
n
Stirring power (max.): 20 W (MIXcontrol 20) or 40W (MIXcontrol 40)
n
Power setting: MIXcontrol 20 - 25 / 50 / 75 / 100% (4 steps)
MIXcontrol 40 – 10 to 100% (10 steps)
n
n
Operation conditions: 0 up to + 40ºC (at 80% humidity)
n
Electrical data: 100 – 240 V / 50 – 60 Hz / 1.5 A
n
Dimensions: 200W x 155D x 38H mm. (both models)
n
Weight: approx. 1.4 kg. (both models)
n
n
On request: interfaces (0-10 volts, 4-20 mA, RS 232, USB, Ethernet),
customised software adaption and stirring bar monitoring
Price Each
40101
2mag MIXdrive 1 eco basic version magnetic stirrer, single position, for use with external control unit
£167
40301
2mag MIXdrive 1 eco HT version magnetic stirrer, single position, for use with external control unit
£253
40001
2mag MIXdrive 1 basic version magnetic stirrer, single position, for use with external control unit
£212
40201
2mag MIXdrive 1 HT version magnetic stirrer, single position, for use with external control unit
£320
90200
2mag MIXcontrol 20 control unit for connection to one MIXdrive magnetic stirrer
£450
90400
2mag MIXcontrol 40 control unit for connection up to two MIXdrive magnetic stirrers
£613
Contact Progen Scientific for other 2mag external control magnetic stirrer models including multiple position stirrers
www.progensci.co.uk
35
HEATING & STIRRING
ZEAL
2mag bioMIX 1 Single Point Magnetic Stirrer with internal
control unit for Cell Cultures and Tissue Cultures
Features:
n
Designed for careful and protective mixing of cell suspensions
and culture broths, developed for high demands as well as
warming-free and uncompromising continuous operations e.g. in
CO2 incubators
n
Suitable for culture flasks with spinning propellor and spinning
ball systems
n
Maintenance-free magnetic stirrers with single stirring point,
large surface, and also suitable for viscous culture media
n
Fully encapsulated and water resistant stainless steel housing,
germ-proof IP68
n
Ultra-flat design, easy to clean and solid, robust construction and
performance
n
2mag-stepper-motor-drive for extremely slow and 100% jerk-free
and gentle mixing of cell cultures
n
n
Stirring volume: 5 to 5,000 ml.
n
Speed range: 5 - 250 rpm.
n
Stirring power (max.): 6W
n
Power setting: 10 steps (10 – 100%)
n
n
n
Electrical: 100-240V / 50-60 Hz / 1.5A
n
n
n
85001
2mag bioMIX 1 single point magnetic
stirrer with internal control unit
for cell cultures and tissue cultures
Contact Progen Scientific for details of
1, 2, 3 & 4 position bioMIXdrive magnetic stirrers
with external control units and other accessories
Price Each
£685
Contact Progen Scientific for details of 1, 2, 3 & 4 position bioMIXdrive magnetic stirrers with external control units and other accessories
Velp AGE Magnetic Stirrer
Features:
n
Electronic speed control 50 – 1200rpm.
n
High power driving magnet type ‘PCM’ for continuous
operation without heating
n
Stirring capacity up to 8 litres
n
Dimensions: 171W x 190D x 75Hmm.
n
Weight: 1.8 Kg.
n
Epoxy painted metal structure for resistance to chemical
and mechanical corrosion
F20320164
Velp Model AGE Magnetic Stirrer
Price Each
£109
www.progensci.co.uk
36
HEATING & STIRRING
ZEAL
Progen Model PMS400 Digital Magnetic Stirrer Hotplate with
Temperature Probe
Features:
n
Microprocessor controlled, touch pad control of temperature, speed and time
n
LCD display with indicator
n
Automatic control via stainless steel probe for accurate temperature control of liquid
n
Maximum temperature: 400ºC
n
Temperature accuracy: ± 1ºC ( < 100ºc); ± 3ºC (100ºC to 400ºC)
n
Speed range: 0 – 1250 rpm.
n
Timer: up to 999 minutes
n
Stirring volume: 2000ml.
n
Stainless steel top plate, 135 x 135 mm.
n
Body made of ABS plastic
n
n
Weight: 2.2 kg.
n
Power requirements: 230 VAC / 50 Hz
n
Supplied with stainless steel probe (128 x 4 mm.)
and magnetic stir bar (35 x 8 mm.).
n
PMS400 must be used with the supplied temperature probe.
Hot
Shots
2015
PMS400
Progen Model PMS400 magnetic stirrer hotplate supplied
with stainless steel temperature probe and stir bar
Price Each
£198
Velp ARE and AREX Analogue and
AREX Digital Stirrer Hotplates
Features:
n
Electronic speed control: 50 – 1200 rpm
n
High strength driving magnet type PCM driven by a
brushless motor for continuous operation
n
Maximum temp. 370°C
n
Heating plate diameter: 155 mm.
n
Power: 630 W
n
Dimensions / Weight: 165W x 280D x 115H mm. / 2.9 kg.
n
Stirring capacity up to 15 litre
n
Protection rating: IP42
n
Threaded hole (with plug) for optional screw-in
support rod
n
Aluminium cast body with an epoxy paint for high resistance
to chemical and mechanical corrosion
n
Aluminium heating plate covered by a special
coating for protection and even heating
n
AREX Digital with digital display and supplied with temperature probe
Hot
Shots
2015
F20500162
Velp Model ARE heating magnetic stirrer
F20500413
Velp AREX heating magnetic stirrer with rear connection for
VERTEX digital thermoregulator to directly control the temperature of the liquid.
F208B0063
Velp VERTEX digital thermoregulator for AREX
A00000268 External probe, 3 mm. dia. for AREX
A00001069 Optional screw-in support rod
Complete AREX systems:
SA20500413 Velp AREX with VERTEX thermoregulator (F208B0063)
SA20500411 Velp AREX Digital with temperature probe (A00000227)
Price Each
£176
£210
£185
£50
£16
£339
£275
www.progensci.co.uk
37
HEATING & STIRRING
ZEAL
Velp HSC Analogue Ceramic Top Stirrer Hotplate
Features:
n
Technopolymer housing with a paint purposely studied and tested that ensures an excellent resistance to chemicals and
mechanical agents
n
Electronic speed regulation: up to 1300 rpm.
n
High power driving magnet type ‘PCM’ operated by a mono-phase motor for continuous operation
n
Electronic temperature control: ambient to 400°C
n
Reading on the control knob of the set temperature
n
Ceramic heating plate dimensions: 180 x 180 mm.
n
Stirring volume (water): 15 litres
n
Threaded hole with plug for optional support rod
n
Power: 800W
n
Dimensions:
205W x 96H x 335D mm.
n
n
Weight: 3.5 kg.
Hot
Shots
2015
F20500101
Velp HSC analogue stirrer hotplate with ceramic heating plate
A00001069
Optional screw-in support rod
Price Each
£202
£16
Velp AREC, AREC.X and AREC.T Digital
Ceramic Top Stirrer Hotplates
Features:
n
Technopolymer housing with a paint purposely studied and tested that ensures an excellent
resistance to chemicals and mechanical agents
n
Electronic speed regulation: up to 1500 rpm. Built-in electronic system keeps the stirring speed
constant even when viscosity of liquid changes
n
High power driving magnet type ‘PCM’ operated by a mono-phase motor for continuous operation
n
Electronic temperature control: ambient to 550°C
n
Digital reading on the display of the set temperature
n
Ceramic heating plate dimensions: 180 x 180 mm.
n
Stirring volume (water): 15 litres
n
n
Threaded hole with plug for optional support rod
n
Safety features include a ‘Hot Plate’ digital warning system which is constantly
displayed during operations when the temperature of the hotplate is above 50°C
and flashes when the unit is switched off until the temperature drops below 50°C
n
Dimensions / Weight / Power: 205W x 96H x 335D mm. / 3.5 kg. / 800 W
n
Two other models available: AREC.T with timer / AREC.X with connection for digital contact Vertex
digital thermoregulator or temperature probe to control liquid temperatures
Price Each
F20500011
Velp AREC stirrer hotplate with ceramic heating plate
£236
F20500061
Velp AREC.X stirrer hotplate with ceramic heating plate and
£275
rear connection for VERTEX digital thermoregulator to directly
control the temperature of the liquid.
F20500051
Velp AREC.T stirrer hotplate with ceramic heating plate and
£277
timer up to 999 minutes with auto switch off
F208B0063
Velp VTF digital thermoregulator for AREC.X
£185
A00000268
External probe, 3 mm. dia. for AREC.X
£50
AREC.X with VERTEX
A00000004
Clamp for PT100 probe
£23
A00001069
£16
Hot
Shots
2015
Complete AREC.X systems:
SA20500061 Velp AREC.X with external probe (A00000268)
SB20500061 Velp AREC.X with VERTEX digital thermoregulator (F208B0063)
£319
£372
www.progensci.co.uk
38
HEATING & STIRRING
ZEAL
Velp Model RC (single position) and RC2 (two position)
Hotplates
Features:
n
Maximum temperature: 370°C
n
Heating plate(s) diameter: 155 mm.
n
Power: RC – 600W; RC2 – 1200W
n
Aluminium cast body (RC) and sheet steel body (RC2)
with an epoxy paint for high resistance to chemical and
mechanical corrosion
n
Independent heating control for both positions with RC2
n
Dimensions: RC - 165W x 280D x 115H mm.
RC2 – 340W x 190D x 190H mm.
n
Weight: RC – 1.7 kg.; RC2 – 3.3 kg.
F20700431
Velp Model RC Hotplate, single position
F20700430
Velp Model RC2 Hotplate, two position
A00001069
Optional screw-in support rod for RC model
Price Each
£123
£263
£16
Velp REC Digital Ceramic Top Hotplate
Features:
Temperature range: ambient to 550°C
n
Heating plate dimensions: 200 x 200 mm.
n
Technopolymer housing with a paint purposely
studied and tested that ensures an excellent
resistance to chemicals and mechanical agents
n
n
Weight: 3.0 kg.
n
n
Power: 800W
n
White ceramic heating plate that is highly resistant to
corrosion
n
Microprocessor controlled feedback technology
provides precise temperature up to 550°C
n
Bright red digital display of temperature settings
n
Safety features include a ‘Hot Plate’ digital warning
system which is constantly displayed during
operations when the temperature of the hotplate is
above 50°C and flashes when the unit is switched off
until the temperature drops below 50°C
n
The control panel which contains the electronic parts
is completely separate from the heating plate in order
to increase the safety during use
n
F20700081
A00001069
Price Each
£199
Velp REC Digital Ceramic Top Hotplate
£16
www.progensci.co.uk
39
HEATING MANTLES
ZEAL
Falc Heating Mantles (with or without stirring)
Falc Series MM heating mantles were developed on the basis of long
years of experience. Features include steel housings, oven coated with
acid-proof epoxy paint; semi-rigid structure that fits flask shape drastically reducing risk of flask breakage; ceramic fibre thermal insulation;
temperature control through a graduated thermoregulator. All models
are provided with ON/OFF switch with relevant green light.
Protection rating IP 30.
Cat. number
Flask capacity
Max. (nest) temperature
Precision
Heating power
Overall dim.
dia. x H mm.
Weight
Price Each
Option:
603.0129.06
625.0500.01
100 ml.
350°C
± 5°C
130W
625.0500.02
250 ml.
350°C
± 5°C
180W
625.0500.05
500 ml.
350°C
± 5°C
250W
625.0500.10
1000 ml.
350°C
± 5°C
450W
625.0500.20
2000 ml.
350°C
± 5°C
600W
185 x 145
1.5 Kg.
185 x 145
1.5 Kg.
205 x 150
1.8 Kg.
245 x 175
2.4 Kg.
310 x 210
5.0 Kg.
£136
£150
£157
£174
£211
Rod clamp (screws on rear of MM mantles)
£9
Falc Series MF heating mantles – with stirring
Falc developed these compact stirring / heating mantles in order to heat and stir flasks
simultaneously or separately. These heating mantles comply with the European Safety
Standards and feature a cylindrical body in steel, painted with acid-proof epoxy paint.
Heaters are built in a ceramic fibre block and the body is fitted with an aluminium
calotte, covered with glass fibre cloth, which insulates the flask very well, even in the
case of accidental flask breakage.
MF mantles are fitted with an ON/OFF switch with relevant green light, a graduated
thermoregulator for temperature adjustment and control with a yellow light. A step
electronic converter regulates the rpm. speed control with green indicator light of the
stirring function.
All MF models are fitted with a rod clamp on the rear.
Protection rating IP 32
Cat. number
Flask capacity
Max. (nest) temperature
Precision
Heating power
Overall dim. dia. x H mm.
Stirrer speed range, rpm.
Motor power
Weight
Price Each
625.0510.01
100 ml.
350°C
± 5°C
130W
185 x 175
100 – 2500
20W
2.6 Kg.
625.0510.02
250 ml.
350°C
± 5°C
180W
205 x 190
100 – 2500
20W
2.8 Kg.
625.0510.05
500 ml.
350°C
± 5°C
250W
245 x 210
100 – 2500
20W
3.3 Kg.
625.0510.10
1000 ml.
350°C
± 5°C
450W
245 x 210
100 – 2500
20W
3.7 Kg.
625.0510.20
2000 ml.
350°C
± 5°C
600W
310 x 230
100 - 2500
20W
6.6 Kg.
£391
£394
£424
£451
£457
Contact Progen Scientific for full range of Falc heating mantles including larger volumes,
soft, rigid, intrinsically safe, multi-position and Kjeldahl
www.progensci.co.uk
40
HISTOLOGY EQUIPMENT
ZEAL
Falc Histology Bath
Features:
n
Internal tank manufactured in black anodised aluminium making it
easy to see the material contained inside
n
The external housing is made of oven painted aluminium coated with
epoxy paint
n
Temperatures regulated and controlled by a thermostat with fluid expansion sensor
n
Tank capacity: 1.5 litre
n
Temperature range: + 30°C to +90°C
n
Temperature precision: ± 1.5°C
n
Heating element power: 250W
n
Internal dimensions: 200 diameter x 60H mm.
n
610.1030.00 Falc Histology Bath
External dimensions: 330 diameter x 95H mm.
n
Weight: 1.5 kg.
610.1030.01 Optional black anodised lid for bath
Price Each
£242
£30
Falc PA Digit Slides Warmer Plate
Features:
n
Temperature range: 30ºC to 100ºC
n
Digital temperature control and display
n
Heating surface is black anodised aluminium
n
Heating surface: 270W x 200D mm.
n
n
Weight: 4.4 Kg.
n
Heating power: 140W
623.0428.30
Falc PA Digit Slides Warmer Plate
Price Each
£410
HOMOGENISERS
Benchmark Scientific D1000 Handheld Homogeniser
The model D1000 handheld homogeniser is designed to rapidly homogenise, emulsify, suspend and disrupt biological
samples. The homogeniser is ideal for use with microtubes and works well with samples from 0.1ml. to 250ml.
(depending on the generator probe used).
The D1000 is a rotor stator homogeniser and works by drawing the sample, in liquid, into the generator probe with the
variable speed rotor, and then forcing it out through the slots in the stator. This achieves mechanical shearing of the
sample. As the sample is repeatedly drawn up and forced through the stator, additional shearing takes place. Most
samples are completely homogenised in 30 seconds or less. A powerful 130W motor drives the rotor at speeds from
8,500 to 30,000 rpm. Speed is adjustable in six steps to meet
sample processing needs. A separate on/off switch allows
the homogeniser to be left at the appropriate setting.
Generator probes are available in four sizes. The 5 mm. and 7
mm. diameter have a 50 mm. length for use with samples in
microtubes. The 10 mm. x 115 mm. is ideal for use with 15ml.
and 50ml. tubes and the 14 mm. x 130 mm. for 50ml. tubes
and vessels up to 250ml.
The unit is supplied with one each of the 5 mm. and 7 mm.
generator probes. All the generator probes are made of
stainless steel and can be sterilised by autoclaving.
www.progensci.co.uk
41
HOMOGENISERS
ZEAL
Benchmark Scientific D1000 Handheld Homogeniser cont.
Features:
n
Homogenise most samples in under 30 seconds
n
For volumes from 100µl. to 250ml.
n
Supplied with both 5 mm. and 7 mm. diameter
generator probes
D1000-E-UK
D1000 handheld homogeniser, 230V,
includes one 5 mm. (flat bottom)
and one 7 mm. (saw tooth) generator probe
Technical Data:
n
Speed range: 8,500 to 30,000 rpm.
n
Capacity: 0.1ml. to 250ml.
n
Noise level: < 70db
n
Operating temperature range: + 4°C to + 65°C
n
Dimensions (without probe): 45 x 58 x 225 mm.
n
Weight: 0.6 kg.
n
Electrical: 230V, 50 Hz
n
Warranty: 2 years
D1000-M10
Price Each
£611
Optional generator probes:
D1000-M14
D1000-M5
D1000-M7
D1000-ST
10 mm. x 115 mm. saw tooth, for 15ml.
and 50ml. tubes
14 mm. x 130 mm. saw tooth,
for 50ml. to 250ml. vessels
5 x 50 mm. flat bottom, for microtubes
(pack of 5)
7 x 50 mm. saw tooth, for microtubes
(pack of 5)
Stand for D1000
£168
£505
£282
£299
£225
Benchmark Scientific BeadBug™ Microtubes Homogeniser
The BeadBug™ is a high energy benchtop homogeniser that sets the
performance standard for personal sized cell disruption and lysis
instruments. Simultaneous homogenisation of up to 3 samples takes
place (often within 45 seconds) inside the disposable 2ml. screw-cap
microtubes. The optimised mixing motion causes rapid cell disruption
through constant high velocity impact from the hardened micro-beads
chosen specifically for your sample type.
Developed for samples too tough to be homogenised in a common
laboratory vortexer, the BeadBug™ provides a convenient and
economical alternative to the traditional, over-priced homogenisers on
the market today. With up to a 3 tube capacity and a footprint of just 17
x 21 cm., the BeadBug™ is the ideal homogenising instrument for low
to medium throughput laboratories.
Features:
n
Extremely powerful mixing action, for lysis,
grinding or homogenisation
n
Eliminates the cross-contamination associated
with hand-held homogenisers
n
Faster and more effective than tissue grinders
n
Mix 1, 2 or 3 tubes simultaneously
D1030-E-UK
Benchmark Scientific BeadBug™
Microtube Homogeniser, 230V
Technical Data:
n
Speed range: 2800 to 4000 rpm.
n
Maximum capacity: 3 x 2ml. (nonskirted) tubes
n
Timer: 3 seconds to 3 minutes
n
Operating temperature range: +4°C
to +65°C
Price Each
D1032-05
£483
Pre-filled tube kits: Include 2.0ml. non-skirted screw-cap tubes
with caps, sealing rings and beads as specified below
D1031-01
Standard glass beads, acid washed,
£57
0.1 mm. dia. (pack of 50)
D1031-05
£57
D1031-10
£57
D1032-10
D1032-15
D1032-30
D1032-SK
n
n
n
n
Dimensions: 170W x 210D x 135H
mm.
Weight: 2.2 kg.
Electrical: 230V, 50 Hz.
Warranty: 2 years
Triple-Pure™ Zirconium beads,
Starter Kit, 10 each of 0.1, 0.5, 1.0,
1.5 and 3.0 mm. dia.
Triple-Pure™ Zirconium beads
Triple-Pure™ (acid washed, heat treated &tested free of nuclease),
D1033-28
Stainless steel beads, acid washed,
Molecular Biology grade, high impact Zirconium beads
D1032-01
D1031-T20
Empty tube, 2.0ml. (pack of 1000)
£79
Contact Progen Scientific for information about Benchmark Scientific’s
BeadBlaster 24 Bead Homogeniser, 24 tubes capacity rotor
£79
£79
£79
£79
£79
£79
£88
www.progensci.co.uk
42
INCUBATORS AND OVENS
ZEAL
Labnet Mini Incubator, 9 Litre
Inexpensive and space saving best seller
Features:
n
Temp. range: ambient +5°C to 60°C
n
Can accommodate up to 48 Petri dishes or 28 standard 96-well plates
n
Wrap around heating elements
n
Corrosion resistant chamber
n
Door with large viewing area
n
Access hole in top for thermometer
n
Supplied with 1 shelf (3 positions)
n
External dimensions: 285W x 280D x 335H mm
n
Internal dimensions: 230W x 200D x 200H mm. (9 litre)
n
Model available with Mini Lab Roller and rotisseries (see page 84 for specifications)
Hot
Shots
2015
Price Each
I5110A-230V
Labnet Mini Incubator, 9 litre, analogue control.
£267
I5110-SHELF
Additional shelf, 220 x 180 mm.
£18
W0020-110C
Thermometer, non-toxic, Teflon coated, -20°C to +110°C, £16
with 1°C resolution, 305mm. long, 76mm. immersion
I5110A-MLR-230UK Mini Incubator with Mini Lab Roller and rotisseries
£485
for 1.5ml., 15ml. and 50ml. tubes
Benchmark Scientific MyTemp™ Mini Digital
Incubators (Heating and Heating / Cooling), 20 litre
With digital temperature control, the MyTemp™ incubators provide convenient ‘set and walk
away’ operation, eliminating the need for external thermometers and repetitive ‘fine tuning’ of
an analogue control knob. Simply choose the desired temperature and the incubator
immediately begins to heat up (or cool down, -HC model only) while accurately monitoring
the chamber temperature and conveniently displaying the temperature in real time on the
large LED control panel.
Despite a modest footprint of 335 x 370 mm., the MyTemp™ incubators feature large internal
chambers, capable of storing flasks and bottles up to 2 litre. In addition, the incubators include
two adjustable / removable shelves for increased capacity. A mini nutating rocker (supplied
with both flat and dimpled mats) is also available for agitation of samples during incubation.
Features:
n
Digital temperature control
n
Personal sized, 335 x 370 mm. footprint
n
Accepts flasks and bottles up to 2 litre
n
Two models: heat / cool or heat only
n
Fan circulation
n
Peltier cooling in –HC model
n
Optional 3D mini shaker available for sample agitation
Technical Data:
n
Temperature range (-H model): ambient +1°C to 60°C
n
Temperature range (-HC model): ambient -15°C to 60°C
n
Temperature accuracy: ± 0.5°C (at 37°C)
n
Temperature uniformity: ± 0.1°C (at 37°C)
n
Temperature increments: 1°C
n
Dimensions: Exterior – 335W x 370D x 475H mm.
Interior – 260W x 235D x 325H mm.
n
Capacity: 20 litre
n
Weight: 6.5 kg.
n
Electrical: 100 - 240V, 50-60 Hz.
n
Warranty: 2 years
H2200-H-E-UK
Benchmark Scientific MyTemp™ H mini
digital, incubator, heat only, ambient
+1°C to 60°C, 100 – 240V, 50-60 Hz.
H2200-HC-E-UK
Benchmark Scientific MyTemp™ HC mini
digital incubator, heat & cool, ambient
-15°C to 60°C, 100 – 240V, 50-60 Hz.
Options:
H3D1020-E-UK
H2200-SH
Mini Nutating Rocker with flat cord,
203 x 152 mm. platform, 230V
Extra shelf, 266 x 152 mm.
Price Each
£334
£478
£292
£20
www.progensci.co.uk
43
ZEAL
Genlab General Purpose Incubators
Features:
n
10 sizes from 6 litre to 200 litre to choose from
n
Temperature range:
ambient +5°C to 70°C (MINI Economy, MINI Digital
and Prime models)
ambient +5°C to 100°C (INC range)
ambient +8°C to 70°C or 100°C (incubators with fan)
n
Temperature fluctuations: MINI Economy models - ± 0.25ºC @ 37ºC
MINI Digital models - ± 0.2ºC @ 37ºC
PRIME models - ± 0.15ºC @ 37ºC
INC models - ± 0.25ºC @ 37ºC
n
Safety overheat thermostat; mains switch and heat / overheat with indicators
n
Exterior is sheet steel finished in an easy clean, powder coated paint
n
Interior chamber is aluminium coated mild steel with option of a stainless steel
chamber (/SS) for MINI Economy, MINI Digital and INC models.
PRIME models have stainless steel chamber as standard
n
Fitted with fixed shelf runners and removable chrome plated wire grid shelves
n
Thermostat control with direct reading thermostat for MINI Economy
models and digital, dual display (set and actual temps.) on MINI Digital,
PRIME and INC models.
n
8 segment programme (4 ramp and 4 dwell) on PRIME models
n
Natural convection for MINI Economy, MINI Digital and INC models with option of fan circulation (/F,) on 30 to 150 litre sizes (not available
on 6 and 18 litre models). All PRIME models and all 200 litre size models have fan circulation as standard
n
Options of process timer (/TM) on digital models only; double door by addition of inner glass door (/DD) for 30 to 200 litre models
(maximum temperature of 70ºC) and integral viewing window in door (/VIS) for 30 to 200 litre models (maximum temperature of 70ºC)
n
Full 2 year warranty
Specifications and Ordering Information:
MINI Economy and MINI Digital models (max. temperature 70ºC):
Model
MINI/6
MINI/18
Capacity (litres)
6
18
Int. dimensions (HxWxD mm.)
150x230x190
260x260x270
Economy Ext. dimensions (HxWxD mm.)
390x320x330
520x380x410
Economy Ext.dimensions with fan (HxWxD mm.) N/A
N/A
Digital Ext. dimensions (HxWxD mm.)
390x320x330
520x380x410
Digital Ext. dimensions with fan (HxWxD mm.)
N/A
N/A
No. of shelves / positions
1/1
2/2
Weight (kg.)
7
14
Economy Price Each
£500
£530
Economy price with optional
£525
£570
stainless steel interiors (/SS)
N/A
N/A
Digital Price (/DIG)
Digital price with optional
N/A
N/A
stainless steel interiors (/DIG/SS)
Model
Capacity (litres)
Economy Ext.dimensions with fan (HxWxD mm.)
Digital Ext. dimensions with fan (HxWxD mm.0
Weight (kg.)
Economy Price Each
MINI/30
30
240x360x350
500x480x490
500x480x620
560x500x490
560x500x620
2/2
20
£570
£615
MINI/40
40
320x360x350
580x480x490
580x480x620
640x500x490
640x500x620
2/3
23
£630
£680
MINI/50
50
330x490x330
590x610x470
590x610x590
650x630x470
650x630x590
2/3
26
£680
£730
£655
£700
£715
£760
£760
£820
MINI/75
75
330x490x450
590x610x600
590x610x720
650x630x600
650x630x720
2/3
34
£765
£835
MINI/100
100
450x490x450
770x630x600
770x630x720
710x610x600
710x610x720
3/4
48
£855
£925
MINI/125
125
550x490x450
N/A
N/A
870x630x600
870x630x720
3/5
57
N/A
N/A
MINI/150
150
870x630x680
N/A
N/A
870x630x680
870x630x800
3/5
66
N/A
N/A
MINI/200/F
200
750x490x530
N/A
N/A
N/A
1070x630x800
4/7
85
N/A
N/A
£855
£920
£940
£1010
£1030
£1105
£1130
£1220
£1445
£1595
www.progensci.co.uk
44
ZEAL
Genlab General Purpose Incubators cont.
PRIME models (max. temperature 70ºC:
Model
Capacity (litres)
Ext. dimensions (HxWxD mm.)
No of shelves / positions
Weight (kg.)
Price Each
PRI/30
30
240x360x350
560x500x620
2/2
20
£905
PRI/50
50
330x490x330
650x630x590
2/3
26
£1025
PRI/75
75
330x490x450
650x630x720
2/3
34
£1125
Model
Capacity (litres)
Weight (kg.)
Price Each
PRI/125
125
550x490x450
870x630x720
3/5
57
£1290
PRI/150
150
550x490x530
870x630x800
3/5
66
£1400
PRI/200
200
750x490x530
1070x630x800
4/7
85
£1660
INC models (max. temperature 100ºC:
Model
Capacity (litres)
Int. dimensions with fan (HxWxD mm.)
Weight (kg.)
Price Each
Price Each
with optional stainless steel interior
INC/50/DIG
50
420x360x350
450x320x350
560x680x500
2/3
31
£690
£745
INC/75/DIG
75
420x530x350
450x490x350
560x850x500
2/3
39
£785
£845
INC/100/DIG
100
420x530x460
450x490x460
560x850x610
3/4
48
£870
£935
INC/125/DIG
125
520x530x460
550x490x460
660x850x610
3/5
57
£995
£1030
PRI/100
100
450x490x450
770x630x720
3/4
48
£1190
INC/150/DIG
150
520x530x540
550x490x540
660x850x690
3/5
66
£1055
£1150
INC/200/F/DIG
200
N/A
750x490x540
860x850x690
4/7
85
£1375
£1525
Optional extras for General Purpose and Prime incubators:
Code add on
Description
Price Each
/F
Fan circulation (not available on MINI/6 or MINI/18; standard
on MINI/200, INC/200 and all PRIME models
£120
/TM
0 – 99 hour Process Timer (available on digital range only)
£90
/VIS
Integral door viewing window in door (max. temperature 70ºC):
6 & 18 litre sizes:
30 to 75 litre sizes:
100 & 125 litre sizes:
150 & 200 litre sizes:
£15
£20
£30
£40
Inner glass door fitted (max. temperature 70ºC):
30 and 40 litre sizes:
100 litre size:
200 litre size:
£80
£95
£105
£110
£115
/DD
www.progensci.co.uk
45
ZEAL
Genlab General Purpose Ovens
Features:
n
10 sizes from 6 litre to 200 litre to choose from
n
Temperature range: +40°C to 250°C with optional 300ºC maximum for
PRIME models
n
Temperature fluctuation: MINO Economy models - ± 0.75°C
MINO Digital models - ± 0.5°C
PRIME models - ± 0.25°C
OV models - ± 0.75ºC
n
Safety overheat thermostat; mains switch and heat / overheat with
indicators
n
Exterior is sheet steel finished in an easy clean, powder coated paint
n
Interior chamber is aluminium coated mild steel with option of a stainless
steel chamber (/SS) for MINO Economy, MINO Digital and INC models.
PRIME models have stainless steel chamber as standard
n
Fitted with fixed shelf runners and removable chrome plated wire grid
shelves
n
Thermostat control with direct reading thermostat for MINO
Economy models and digital, dual display (set and actual temps.)
on MINO Digital, PRIME and INC models.
n
8 segment programme (4 ramp and 4 dwell) on PRIME models
n
Natural convection for MINO Economy, MINO Digital and INC models with option of fan circulation (/F,) on 30 to 150 litre sizes
(not available on 6 and 18 litre models). All PRIME models and all 200 litre size models have fan circulation as standard
n
Options of process timer (/TM) on digital models only and 300ºC maximum temperature on PRIME models only
n
Full 2 year warranty
Specifications and Ordering Information:
MINO Economy and MINO Digital models (max. temperature 250ºC):
Model
MINO/6
MINO/18
MINO/30
MINO/40
MINO/50
Capacity (litres)
Digital Ext. dimensions with fan (HxWxD mm.)
Weight (kg.)
Economy Price Each
6
150x230x190
390x320x330
N/A
390x320x330
N/A
1/1
7
£500
£525
18
260x260x270
520x380x410
N/A
520x380x410
N/A
2/2
14
£530
£570
30
240x360x350
500x480x490
500x480x620
560x500x490
560x500x620
2/2
20
£570
£615
40
320x360x350
580x480x490
580x480x620
640x500x490
640x500x620
2/3
23
£630
£680
50
330x490x330
590x610x470
590x610x590
650x630x470
650x630x590
2/3
26
£680
£730
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
£655
£700
£715
£760
£760
£820
Model
Capacity (litres)
Digital Ext. dimensions with fan (HxWxD mm.0
Weight (kg.)
Economy Price Each
MINO/75
75
330x490x450
590x610x600
590x610x720
650x630x600
650x630x720
2/3
34
£765
£835
MINO/100
100
450x490x450
770x630x600
770x630x720
710x610x600
710x610x720
3/4
48
£855
£925
MINO/125
125
550x490x450
N/A
N/A
870x630x600
870x630x720
3/5
57
N/A
N/A
MINO/150
150
550x490x530
N/A
N/A
870x630x680
870x630x800
3/5
66
N/A
N/A
MINO/200
200
750x490x530
N/A
N/A
N/A
1070x630x800
4/7
85
N/A
N/A
£855
£920
£940
£1010
£1030
£1105
£1130
£1220
£1445
£1595
www.progensci.co.uk
46
ZEAL
Genlab General Purpose Ovens cont.
PRIME models (max. temperature 250ºC):
Model
Capacity (litres)
Weight (kg.)
Price Each
PRO/30
30
240x360x350
560x500x620
2/2
20
£905
PRO/50
50
330x490x330
650x630x590
2/3
26
£1025
PRO/75
75
330x490x450
650x630x720
2/3
34
£1125
Model
Capacity (litres)
Weight (kg.)
Price Each
PRO/125
125
550x490x450
870x630x720
3/5
57
£1290
PRO/150
150
550x490x530
870x630x800
3/5
66
£1400
PRO/200
200
750x490x530
1070x630x800
4/7
85
£1660
OV models (max. temperature 250ºC:
Model
Capacity (litres)
Int. dimensions with fan (HxWxD mm.)
Weight (kg.)
Price Each
Price Each
with optional stainless steel interior
OV/50/DIG
50
420x360x350
450x320x350
560x680x500
2/3
31
£690
£745
OV/75/DIG
75
420x530x350
450x490x350
560x850x500
2/3
39
£785
£845
OV/100/DIG
100
420x530x460
450x490x460
560x850x610
3/4
48
£870
£935
OV/125/DIG
125
520x530x460
550x490x460
660x850x610
3/5
57
£955
£1030
PRO/100
100
450x490x450
770x630x720
3/4
48
£1190
OV/150/DIG
150
520x530x540
550x490x540
660x850x690
3/5
66
£1055
£1150
OV/200/F/DIG
200
N/A
750x490x540
860x850x690
4/7
85
£1375
£1525
Optional extras for General Purpose MINO ovens:
Code add on
Description
Price Each
/F
Fan circulation (not available on MINO/6 or MINO/18; standard
on MINO/200, OV/200 and all PRIME models)
£120
/TM
0 – 99 hour Process Timer (available on digital range only)
£85
Optional extras on General Purpose PRIME range
Code add on
Description
Price Each
300
Maximum temperature increased from 250ºC to 300ºC –
PRO range only
£285
www.progensci.co.uk
47
ZEAL
Velp Cooled Incubators, 3oC to 50oC, 120 and 207 litre
The Velp cooled incubators are extremely efficient incubators. They have energy efficient A+ class cooling system. The internal
chamber is condensation-free and boasts excellent temperature stability. Incubators can be used to keep any sample at a constant,
precisely regulated temperature.
Continuous ventilation and the Auto-Tuning thermoregulation system ensure temperature uniformity throughout the chamber. The
temperature can be set from 3 to 50 °C, the reading on the display refers to the real internal temperature. The Velp cooled incubators
have two internal sockets controlled by an external switch.
Features:
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Temperature range: 3ºC to 50ºC
Uniform temperature using continuous internal air circulation and the thermostat controlled AUTO-TUNING system
Temperature stability / homogeneity: ± 0.5ºC / ± 0.5ºC
Temperature resolution: 0.1ºC
Wireless connection for TEMPSoft™, dedicated software for temperature regulation
Plastic interior
Supplied with 2 shelves (max. 2 shelves) for 120 litre mocels and 4 shelves (max. 6 shelves) for 207 litre models
Supplied with 2 internal electrical sockets
FOC 120I and FOC 215I have an internal transparent door
External dimensions: FOC 120E and FOC 120I - 540W x 550D x 912Hmm.;
FOC 215E and FOC 215I - 540W x 550D x 1263Hmm.
Weight: FOC 120E and FOC 120I - 36 Kg; FOC 215E and FOC 215I – 46.3 Kg..
Power: FOC 120E and FOC 120I - 120W; FOC 215E and FOC 215I – 400W
Electrical: 230V / 50 – 60 Hz
Price Each
F10300310 Velp Model FOC 120E Cooled Incubator, 3ºC to 50ºC, 120 litre £1163
F10400320 Velp Model FOC 120I Cooled Incubator, 3ºC to 50ºC, 120 litre, £1273
with internal transparent door
F10300330 Velp Model FOC 215E Cooled Incubator, 3ºC to 50ºC, 207 litre £1307
F10400340 Velp Model FOC 215I Cooled Incubator, 3ºC to 50ºC, 207 litre, £1477
with internal transparent door
FOC 120I
FOC 215I
N-Biotek Portable Mini (15.2 litre) CO2 Incubator
Specifications:
Chamber volume
Temperature range
Temperature accuracy
Temperature control
CO2 range
CO2 sensor
CO2 accuracy
Humidity
Gas pressure
Display
Cooling and heating
15.2 litre
15°C - 45°C at ambient of 25°C
± 0.25°C at 37°C
Micom
0 – 20%
Dual beam IR sensor
± 0.1% at 5%
Up to 80%
1 Bar
LED display
By Peltier
(thermoelectric elements)
Internal fan
Yes
Shelf
2, stainless steel (standard) /
maximum 3
Interior & exterior material ABS resin
Interior dimensions
224W x 200D x 340H mm.
Exterior dimensions
292W x 333D x 433H mm.
Weight
6.8 kg.
Power / frequency
DC 12V; AC 110V – 220V,
50 – 60 Hz.
Power consumption
DC: Cold – 46W; Hot – 48W
AC: Cold – 63W; Hot – 63W
Features:
n
15.2 litre chamber
n
6.8 kg., lightweight to carry
n
Portable use with carrying handle
(car plug available)
n
Economical price and compact
design for personal use
n
Compact size makes it suitable for
use in work station or clean bench
n
Digital set-up for temperature and
CO2
n
Forced air fan circulation
n
Excellent temperature uniformity
n
Quick recovery and precise CO2
control by dual beam IR sensor
n
Supplied with two stainless steel
shelves
n
n
n
n
Natural humidification by water
pan (optional)
Cooling with very low noise
Cooling and heating by Peltier
Accessories: stainless steel water
tray; power plug and car jack for
use in car
NB-203M
N-Biotek Portable mini CO2 incubator, 15.2 litre,
supplied with 2 stainless steel shelves
Accessories:
0203M-Hole 12 mm. dia. access port with stopper
203M-SHELF Additional stainless steel shelf
203M-SMPS Free Volt (100V – 240V)
Price Each
£1698
£36
£19
£71
www.progensci.co.uk
48
N-Biotek CO2 Incubators
ZEAL
42 and 179 litre models with plenty of features and options
Features:
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
6 Sides Direct Heating System
Electric heating wire is covered on all sides of the chamber which
provides stable uniformity, fast heat-up and fast temperature
recovery. Three parts of heating section are controlled and
calibrated individually by three temperature sensors.
Dry Wall and Air Jacket
Warm air from heating jacket is preserved in space between
chamber and insulation. It helps the temperature recover faster and
minimises heat loss. Dry wall with insulation does not require
regular maintenance.
Dual Beam Infrared (IR) C02 Sensor
Fast and precise detection for C02 gas regardless of temperature
and humidity.
Natural Humidification using Water Tray
The heater on the bottom side of the cabinet warms the water in the
tray to provide humidification. The circulation fan delivers the
moisture formed from the water tray around the entire chamber.
No Condensation
Heating by front door heater and frame heater prevent
condensation in the chamber and on the glass door.
Microprocessor PID Control
Intelligent Control for CO2 density, temperature, alarm and
automatic decontamination (optional)
HEPA Filtration of Gas Supply Inlets
Perforated Shelves are good for natural air flows and stainless steel
is resistant against rust and contamination.
Rounded Corners allow easy cleaning and entire chamber is
crevice-free
Alarm System
Buzzer to alarm low or high deviation of C02 and temperature.
Over Heating Limit
Heating is automatically cut off by safety device when temperature
control failed or excessive heating over set point.
2 Sizes
42 and 179 litre
Options:
n
Sterilisation Options
1. Low Temperature Plasma sterilisation: In the medical sector,
low temperature plasma sterilisation has already been used for
the sterilisation of medical equipment because plasma can reach
all surfaces, even to the inside of a needle due to the atomic size.
Plasma sterilisation derives from the sterilising substances
having biological activity like free radicals or ultraviolet rays.
2. UV Sterilisation: 30W UV light is placed on the chamber
ceiling next to the circulation fan. The UV light does not reach
the samples and sterilisation can be operated during culturing.
3. 125ºC Hot Air Sterilisation: Automatic 8 hours sterilisation
process (5 hours for sterilisation and 3 hours for re-set at 37ºC,
5% CO2).
n
Multi Gas Control: Multi gas supply (N2 and O2) is available for
all CO2 incubators but model NB-203 is recommended due to
high gas consumption when performing Hypoxia or Hyproxia.
n
n
n
n
n
n
Cooling Control: Peltier cooling is applicable in models
NB-203 and NB-203XL, 5ºC below room temperature but
maximum lowest temperature is +15ºC.
Copper Chamber: N-Biotek can customise the incubators
with oxidising copper / copper-plated chamber for
enhanced contamination protection.
Monitoring System: Using internet network, the
monitoring system has been designed to observe the status
of the incubator even remotely
Split Inner Door: Benefits of split inner glass doors are
lower gas consumption, lower heat loss, fast recovery and
easy separation for various samples. 5 door for NB-203 and 6
door for NB-203XL.
Access port: For use of additional equipment in the
incubator.
Models with built-in rollers or orbital shaker
www.progensci.co.uk
49
ZEAL
N-Biotek CO2 Incubators cont.
Specifications:
NB-203
NB-203XL
Temperature
Range:
Accuracy (LED):
Increment
Control
Ambient +5ºC to 60ºC
± 0.1ºc at 37ºC
0.1ºC
Microprocessor digital PID control
± 0.1ºc at 37ºC
0.1ºC
C02
Range:
Accuracy (LED):
Increment:
Sensor:
Control:
Inlet pressure:
0% to 20%
± 0.1% at 5% at 37ºC
0.1%
IR CO2 sensor
Microprocessor
0.1 MPA
0% to 20%
± 0.1% at 5% at 37ºC
0.1%
IR CO2 sensor
Microprocessor
0.1 MPA
Door
Outer door:
Inner door:
Operating panel:
Display:
Jacket type:
Chamber material:
Chamber volume:
Number of shelves:
Chamber dimensions:
Overall dimensions:
Weight:
Electrical:
Silicon packing magnetic door
Tempered glass door
Individual 2 channel touch button
5 digit LED x 2
Dry wall type (6 sides heat)
Stainless steel (304)
42 litre
2 each (max. shelves 4 each)
320W x 350D x 370H mm.
408W x 482D x 550H mm.
35 kg.
110/220V, 50/60Hz
Silicon packing magnetic door
Tempered glass door
Individual 2 channel touch button
5 digit LED x 2
Dry wall type (6 sides heat)
Stainless steel (304)
179 litre
3 each (max. shelves 8 each)
473W x 528D x 710H mm.
560W x 665D x 945H mm.
78 kg.
110/220V, 50/60Hz
Options specifications:
Plasma Sterilisation
Temperature:
Range:
Accuracy (LED):
Increment:
Control:
Type:
U.V. Sterilisation
Wavelength:
Power:
Hot Air Sterilisation
Temperature
Range:
Control:
O2 Control
Range:
Sensor
Cat. Number
NB-203
NB-203C
NB-203XL
NB-203QS
NB-203QR
Available with hot air sterilisation
± 0.1ºc at 37ºC
0.1ºC
Low temperature plasma
400 – 450 nm.
40W (1 lamp each)
125ºC / 8 hours (5 hours for sterilisation and 3 hours for re-set to set points)
1 – 19% or 20 – 100%
Galvanic
Description
Price Each
NB-203 CO2 Incubator, 42 litre, IR CO2 sensor
NB-203C CO2 Incubator, 42 litre, IR CO2 sensor, Peltier
Cooling (5ºC below room temperature to +60ºC)
NB-203XL CO2 Incubator, 179 litre, IR CO2 sensor
NB-203QS CO2 Incubator, 179 litre, IR CO2 sensor,
with built-in orbital shaker (accessories below)
NB-203QR CO2 Incubator, 179 litre, IR CO2 sensor,
with built-in rollers for 4 bottles (2 levels)
£3143
£3570
£4052
£5599
£5400
www.progensci.co.uk
50
ZEAL
N-Biotek CO2 Incubators cont.
Additional Options:
203-ING
5 divided inner glass door for NB-203 models £446
203XL-ING
6 divided inner glass door for NB-203XL models £625
203-HOLE
Access port
£84
203-UV
UV sterilisation
£463
203-HEPA
HEPA filter
£259
203-REG
CO2 Regulator (Crown, Japan)
£254
203-ANL
Fyrite CO2 Analyser (Bacharach, USA)
£806
203-O2
O2 Option
£1313
203-125
125ºC hot air sterilisation
£903
(without sensor disassembly) for NB-203
£978
203XL-125
125ºC hot air sterilisation
without sensor disassembly)
for NB-203XL, NB-203QS and NB-203QR
£640
203-PL
Plasma sterilisation
203-SH
Shelf for NB-203 models
£40
203XL-SH
Shelf for NB-203XL models
£62
203-110
203-111
203-STAKIT
203XL-STAKIT
203-113
203-114
203QS10
203QS25
203QS50
203QS100
203QSS
Table for NB-203 models, height 200 mm.
Table for NB-203XL models, height 200 mm.
Stacking kit for 2 x NB-203
Stacking kit for 2 x NB-203XL
Humidity display (not control)
Roller base for NB-203XL, NB-203QS
and NB-203QR
16 x 100ml. flask holder with platform
for NB-203QS
for NB-203QS
for NB-203QS
for NB-203QS
Spring rack with platform
£130
£147
£78
£95
£274
£226
£113
£105
£92
£113
£117
Contact Progen Scientific for information on N-Biotek 650 litre AniCell model with 3 built-in orbital shakers
N-Biotek Compact Orbital Shaking
Incubator, Benchtop
Designed for the space and budget conscious user
Features:
One piece construction with lift-up, clear, acrylic cover
n
Temperature range: ambient + 5°C to 60°C (in 0.1°C increments)
n
Accuracy: ± 0.1°C
n
Shaking speed: 30 to 300 rpm. (in 1 rpm. increments)
n
Stroke (orbit): 22 mm.
n
Timer: 1 minute to 48 hours or continuous
n
n
Door safety: auto stop when door open (holds in full open position)
n
Plate type brushless DC motor
n
Beltless drive
n
Platform size: 250W x 310D mm.
n
n
Weight: 21 kg.
n
NB205
NB-205 Shaking incubator
Accessories for shaking incubator:
205H10
Platform with 12 x 100ml. flask holders
205H25
205H50
205SR
205MP
Microplate rack with platform
205TR14
Tube rack 56 x 14mm. diameter (10ml.) holes
205TR16
Tube rack 32 x 16mm. diameter (15ml.) holes
205TR19
Tube rack 32 x 19 mm. diameter (15ml.) holes
205TR30
Tube rack 10 x 30 mm. diameter (50ml.) holes
Price Each
£1197
£113
£91
£78
£117
£133
£110
£110
£110
£110
www.progensci.co.uk
51
ZEAL
Labnet Model 222DS Benchtop / Underbench,
Compact Shaking Incubator
Features:
n
n
n
n
n
n
Exceptional versatility with large selection of
options
SmartChek™ Software which can control and
monitor temperature and shaking speed is
supplied as standard but the incubator can also
operate without using the software
Compact design - the incubator can be used as
benchtop or underbench as even with the lid open
it is only 550 mm. high
Flexibility – control from keypad or software
If lid is opened during operation then shaking
incubator stops immediately and ‘Opn Lid’
message is displayed. When lid is closed, shaking
incubator starts operating automatically
If there is a power cut during operation, shaking
incubator will restart automatically, as soon as the
power returns. The display will be flashing
(warning you that there was a power cut) and this
can be turned off by pressing the encoder knob
Model:
Shaking Speed:
Shaking Orbit:
Temperature range:
Temperature increments:
Temperature accuracy:
Temperature uniformity:
Speed increments:
Platform dimensions:
Operating temperature range:
Dimensions:
Weight:
Height with lid open:
USB temperature monitor:
Timer:
Open door lid cutoff switch:
Warranty:
222DS
20 – 300 rpm.
Circular, 19 mm.
0.1ºC
± 0.5ºC
± 0.5ºC
1 rpm.
300 x 300 mm.
4ºC to 65ºC
370W x 530D x 400H mm.
19.5 kg.
550 mm.
Yes, with included SmartChek™ software. Windows PC not included.
1 minute to 99 hours or continuous
Yes
2 years
I-5222-DS-230V
Labnet 222DS Benchtop Shaking Incubator, 230V
Accessories
I-5230-DS
I-5220
I-5240
I-5250
I-5260
I-2041-125
I-2041-250
I-2041-500
I-2041-1000
Universal platform 300 x 300 mm.
Petri dish shelf
Stick mat, 150 x 150 x 3 mm. (pack of 2)
Microtitre hotel – for 3 x microplates stacked vertically
Combi tube holder for 6 x 15 / 50ml. tubes
Plastic flask clamp, 125ml. (max. of 16)
Price Each
£1875
£131
£53
£32
£117
£172
£15
£16
£17
£27
www.progensci.co.uk
52
ZEAL
Labnet Benchtop Digital Orbital Shaking Incubators
High performance with larger capacity at competitive prices
n
Features:
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
49 or 71 litre capacity
Induction motors (not belt driven)
Temp. range: ambient +5°C to 80°C in 0.1°C increments
Temperature uniformity / accuracy: 211DS - +/- 0.25°C / +/- 0.1°C
311DS - +/- 0.2°C / +/- 0.1°C
Digital set and display of temperature, shaking speed and timer
Can be used without shaking by setting timer to 0 minutes
Shaker speed: 211DS – 20 to 400 rpm; 311DS – 20 to 300 rpm
Shaker orbit: 19 mm.
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Settable safety thermostat located on rear of unit
Stainless steel interior
311DS has internal light
Glass observation panel in insulated door
Shelves: 211DS – 2 full and 1 half shelves; 311DS – 1 full shelf
Internal dimensions: 211DS - 343W x 375D x 381H mm.
311DS - 442W x 396D x 406H mm.
External dimensions: 211DS – 425W x 550D x 580H mm.
311DS - 574W x 544D x 635H mm.
Weight: 211DS – 37.7 Kg.; 311DS – 63.6 Kg.
Price Each
I-5211-DS-230V
Labnet Model 211DS benchtop shaking incubator, 49 litre, supplied with 2 full and 1 half shelves
I-5311-DS-230V
Labnet Model 311DS benchtop shaking incubator, 71 litre capacity, supplied with one shelf
Accessories for 211DS:
I-5230
Pre-drilled platform for flask clamps
S2040-50
Clamp for 50ml. Erlenmeyer flask (max. of 16)
S2040-85
S2040-99
S2040-09
S2040-01
I-5240
S2031-13
Spring loaded platform for tube racks and bottles
I-5231
Flat rubber mat platform
I-5231-D
Double flat rubber mat platform
I-5211-SA
Stacking adaptor, required when stacking incubators
Price Each
£180
£25
£23
£25
£28
£31
£32
£162
£125
£233
£110
Accessories for 311DS:
I-5322
Additional shelf
£109
I-5331
Flat rubber mat platform (390 x 330 mm.)
£183
I-5330-50
Platform with 30 x 50ml. flask clamps
£467
I-5330-125
£439
I-5330-250
£426
I-5330-500
£390
I-5330-1000
£347
I-5330-2000
£298
I-5330
I-5240
S2040-50
S2040-85
S2040-99
S2040-09
S2040-01
S2040-02
I-5330-RH15
I-5330-RH50
Pre-drilled platform for flask clamps
Rack holder to hold 1 x K565 for 15ml. tubes
Rack holder to hold 1 x K565 for 50ml. tubes
£2789
£3293
211DS
OR
£213
£32
£25
£23
£25
£28
£31
£36
£30
£30
311DS
www.progensci.co.uk
53
ZEAL
N-Biotek Large Cooled Orbital Shaking
Incubator, Benchtop
Features:
n
Capacity: 84 litre
n
One piece construction with lift-up, clear,
acrylic cover
n
Temperature range: 15ºC below ambient
(minimum + 4°C)
to 60°C (in 0.1°C increments)
n
Accuracy: ± 0.5°C at 37ºC
n
Shaking speed: 30 to 300 rpm. (in 1 rpm.
increments)
n
Shaking accuracy: ± 1 rpm.
n
Stroke (orbit): 30 mm.
n
in 1 minute increments
n
NB205LF N-Biotek NB-205LF Large Cooled
Orbital Shaking Incubator, benchtop,
84 litre
Accessories for shaking incubator:
205LH10 Platform with 36 x 100ml. flask holders
205LS
205LM
Microplate rack with platform
205LPL
Platform (for flask holders)
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Operating panel: Touch button
Display: 5 digit LED
Door safety: auto stop when door open
(holds in full open position)
Plate type brushless DC motor
Beltless induction drive
Compressor: 1/8 HP (CFC-free, R134
refrigerant gas)
Overheating safety thermostat
Platform size: 450W x 450D mm.
Chamber dimensions: 510W x 500D x 330H mm.
Weight: 76 kg.
Power: 110/220V, 50/60Hz, 800W/7A
Price Each
£2960
CL100
£170
£176
£161
£170
£117
£189
£208
£77
100ml. flask holder
(clamp)
CL250 250ml. flask holder
(clamp)
(clamp)
(clamp)
(clamp)
£4
£5
£6
£10
£20
Jeiotech Floor Standing Unrefrigerated and
Refrigerated Shaking Incubators
Features:
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Orbital shaking motion (forward, backward or pause)
- reciprocating motion optional
Temperature range: IS-971 – ambient + 5ºC to + 60ºC
IS-971R - + 4ºC to + 60ºC
Temperature accuracy / uniformity: +/- 0.1° C / +/- 0.5° C
Over-temperature control
Temperature timer: Max. 99 hour 59 min. in 1 min.
(wait on time; wait off time)
Digital PID microprocessor auto-tuning; 9 step programmed
control, 999 cycle
Elimination of noise and vibration (brushless motor with feedback)
Orbital shaking speed: 10 to 300 rpm. (+/- 1 rpm)
Shaking timer: Max. 999 hour 59 min. 59 sec.in 10 sec.
(pause, forward, backward)
IS-971R
Amplitude of orbit / stroke: 30 mm. (standard), 40, 50, 60, and 70 mm. available
Interior stainless steel; exterior powder coated steel
Supplied with castors for easy moving
Lid has lock with key, glass viewing window and supported by gas spring; platform stops moving when door opened, circulation
fan stops (prevents excessive temp. changes) and alarm sounds if door opened for more than 1 minute
Safety device: Custom Logic Safe control system
www.progensci.co.uk
54
ZEAL
Jeiotech Floor Standing Unrefrigerated and
Refrigerated Shaking Incubators cont.
n
n
n
n
n
n
23550
RS232 interface with FREE software and cables
Internal dimensions: 895W x 634D x 429Hmm.
External dimensions: 1250W x 798D x 1050Hmm.
Platform 755 x 481 mm.
Weight: 195 Kg.
Max. load: 25 Kg.
23551
23552
23553
23306
Jeiotech Model IS-971 floor standing,
unrefrigerated, shaking incubator, 270 litre
23322
Jeiotech Model IS-971R floor standing,
refrigerated, shaking incubator, 270 litre
Accessories for IS-971 and IS-971R:
31513
SE-513 Universal platform (to fit flask clamps, etc.)
Price Each
£6230
23554
£6992
23555
23523
£820
23533
AAA30551
SE-550 Clamp for 50ml. round flask
(max. 99 flasks)
(max. 74 flasks)
(max. 39 flasks)
(max. 25 flasks)
(max. 14 flasks)
(max. 9 flasks)
SE-523 Spring wire rack to hold
different size vessels
SE-533 Rubber mat tray
Lab. sticker (adhesive mat)
200 x 200 mm.
£9.65
£12.10
£15.30
£18.50
£24.95
£39.45
£693
£467
£64
NOTE: Other accessory racks for separating funnels, test tube racks and microplates available
LIQUID HANDLING
Labnet BioPette A™ Fully Autoclavable
Variable Volume Pipettes
Progen Scientific are the exclusive UK distributor for the Labnet BioPette A pipettes
Features:
n
Fully autoclavable for sterility
n
Volume adjustment with either plunger button or thumbwheel
n
Lightweight and up to 45% reduction in plunger forces so less strain
n
Adjustable and removable stainless steel tip ejector
n
Supplied with calibration tool and factory calibration certificate
n
Shafts and tip cones with higher strength and chemical resistance
n
Full instructions for use, autoclaving and calibration
n
3 year warranty and full range of spare parts available
Single channel models
P3960-2-A
0.1 – 2.0μl.
P3960-10-A
0.5 – 10μl.
P3960-20-A
2 – 20μl
P3960-100-A
10 – 100μl.
P3960-200-A
20 – 200μl.
P3960-1000-A
100 – 1000μl.
P3960-5000-A
1000 – 5000μl.
P3960-10000-A 1000 – 10000μl.
P3985
Carousel rack to hold 6 single
channel pipettes
P3989
Universal linear rack for six pipettes
(max. of 4 multichannel pipettes)
8 channel models
P4608-10-A
1 – 10µl.
P4608-50-A
5 – 50µl.
P4608-200-A
20 – 200µl.
P4608-300-A
50 – 300µl.
Hot
Shots
2015
Price Each
£76
£76
£76
£76
£76
£76
£88
£88
£69
Contact Progen Scientific
for a demonstration
£57
£236
£236
£236
£236
12 channel models
P4612-10-A
1 – 10μl.
P4612-50-A
5 – 50μl.
P4612-200-A
20 – 200μl.
P4612-300-A
50 – 300μl.
P5422
Stand to hold one 12 channel pipette
P3989
Universal linear rack for six pipettes
(max. of 4 multichannel pipettes)
£287
£287
£287
£287
£19
£57
www.progensci.co.uk
55
LIQUID HANDLING
ZEAL
4 PIPETTE+ STARTER PACK - ONLY £320
The best value start-up pipette pack on the market
n
n
n
n
4 Labnet autoclavable single channel BioPette™ A pipettes
(0.5 - 10μl, 2.0 - 20μl, 20 - 200μl, 100 - 1000μl)
Calibration tool
1 carousel to hold 6 single channel pipettes
3 boxes of racked BioFree™ pipette tips (10μl, 200μl and 1200μl)
Price Each
P3960-SK4
£320
Labnet BioPette™ A 4 PACK+
Hot
Shots
2015
Labnet Excel™ Electronic Pipettes
Faster, multi-functional pipetting with less hand strain
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Exceptional accuracy and precision
Simple, precise volume setting
Fully motorised piston drive
Multifunctional with six operating modes
Virtually eliminates pipetting force
User friendly operation
Rechargeable Lithium-ion battery
Four single channel, four 8 channel and four 12 channel models to choose from
Labnet’s Excel Electronic Pipettes are multifunctional units with operational modes for
standard and reverse pipetting as well as multiple and sequential pipetting, mixing of
samples and serial dilutions. All functions are easily programmed with one hand on the
well positioned display and keypad. A fully motorised piston drive and auto-calibration
guarantee excellent accuracy and reproducibility. A removable, rechargeable Lithium-ion
battery ensures many hours of performance between charges.
Motorised Piston Drive
Excell electronic pipettes are fully motorised, ensuring reproducibility and reducing
pipetting forces. A microprocessor tightly controls operation of the high precision
stepping motor to within1/20th. of a revolution. This ensures accurate, reproducible piston
movement. Between pipetting steps, the zero position of the piston is verified – the
calibration of the unit is checked each time an operation is performed. Activation of the
piston requires minimal force, reducing operator fatigue.
Simple operation
Programming the pipettor is accomplished with the four soft pads on the face of the instrument.
The face slopes away from the user for easy access to the keypad and viewing of the large LCD.
User friendly software guides the operator through the programming. For convenience, as many as
nine sets of operating parameters may be stored in memory for future recall. A graphical interface
shows the status of the system and prompts the user for action.
Parameters such as aspirating and dispensing speed, audible signals and an ejection alarm are easily set. A blow-out step after dispensing
may be added or removed..
Proper operation of the system is ensured by self-diagnostics in the software. Accuracy of pipetting volume, battery charge status and the
auto-calibration function are constantly monitored.
Ergonomic design
The body of the Labnet Excel electronic pipette has been designed to fit comfortably in the right or left hand. Along with being
lightweight, the unit is also well balanced. The plunger button, located on the back side of the instrument, requires just a small movement
of the index finger to activate, reducing the risk of Repetitive Strain Injuries (RSI). The tip ejector slides easily with slight pressure from the
thumb.
www.progensci.co.uk
56
LIQUID HANDLING
ZEAL
Labnet Excel™ Electronic Pipettes cont.
Multifunctional
Multiple operating modes allow the Labnet Excel electronic
pipettes to perform a variety of functions in addition to standard
pipetting. Using the keypad and graphical interface, each of the
modes is easily accessed and parameters entered. In the “AUTO”
mode, the volumes to be aspirated and dispensed for standard
and reverse pipetting are selected.. “MD” mode is selected for
multiple dispensing operations. Samples can be aspirated and
dispensed repeatedly in the “MIX” mode. “AUTO/MIX” makes serial
dilutions quick and easy. Sequential dispensing (“SD”) allows for a
large volume to be drawn up and smaller aliquots of different
volumes to be dispensed. With sequential aspiration (“SA”) a
number of samples can be drawn up with air spaces in between to
prevent mixing and then dispensed all at once.
Single or Multichannel
Labnet Excel electronic pipettes are available in four overlapping
volume ranges from 0.5μl. to 1200μl. Each range is provided in
single, eight and twelve channel versions. The single channel
models have reduced diameter shaft for reaching into narrow
tubes. The manifolds of the multichannel models rotate for
comfortable pipetting in any direction.
For sterility, the lower portion of the pipettes is easily removed for
autoclaving. Durable seals in both the single and multichannel
pipettors provide leakproof performance. Tip cones are made from
PVDF for added durability and chemical resistance and the tip
ejectors are adjustable to accommodate a variety of tip types.
Rechargeable Power
A small, rechargeable, Lithium-ion battery powers the Labnet Excel
electronic pipettes. A graphic on the display indicates the charge
status of the battery. When recharging is required, the unit is
simply connected to the supplied charging adaptor and plugged
into an electrical outlet. A complete charge is achieved in 8 hours.
To ensure a fresh battery is always available, a stand-alone charger
and extra batteries are available.
Specifications:
Volume range
0.5 - 10μl.
2 - 20μl.
10 - 200μl.
100 - 1200μl.
Channels
1
1
1
1
0.5 - 10μl.
2 - 20μl.
10 - 200μl.
100 - 1200μl.
8
8
8
8
0.5 - 10μl.
2 - 20μl.
10 - 200μl.
100 - 1200μl.
12
12
12
12
Increments
0.1 μl.
0.1 μl.
1.0 μl.
1.0 μl.
0.1 μl.
0.1 μl.
1.0 μl.
1.0 μl.
0.1 μl.
0.1 μl.
1.0 μl.
1.0 μl.
Accuracy (%)
± 4.0 to ± 1.0
± 4.0 to ± 1.0
± 2.5 to ± 0.6
± 2.5 to ± 0.5
Precision (%)
≤ 2.5 to ≤ 0.4
≤ 2.5 to ≤ 0.4
≤ 1.0 to ≤ 0.15
≤ 0.6 to ≤ 0.15
± 4.0 to ± 1.5
± 4.0 to ± 1.0
± 3.0 to ± 0.6
± 3.0 to ± 0.5
≤ 2.5 to ≤ 0.5
≤ 2.5 to ≤ 0.5
≤ 1.0 to ≤ 0.15
≤ 0.8 to ≤ 0.2
± 4.0 to ± 1.5
± 4.0 to ± 1.0
± 3.0 to ± 0.6
± 3.0 to ± 0.5
≤ 2.5 to ≤ 0.5
≤ 2.5 to ≤ 0.5
≤ 1.0 to ≤ 0.15
≤ 0.8 to ≤ 0.2
Single channel models
P3600L-10-230V
Labnet Excel electronic pipette,
0.5 - 10μl., single channel,
with charger, 230V
P3600L-20-230V
2 - 20μl., single channel,
with charger, 230V
P3600L-200-230V Labnet Excel electronic pipette,
with charger, 230V
with charger, 230V
8 channel models:
P3608L-10-230V
0.5 - 10μl., 8 channel,
with charger, 230V
P3608L-20-230V
2 - 20μl., 8 channel,
with charger, 230V
10 - 200μl., 8 channel,
with charger, 230V
100 - 1200μl., 8 channel,
with charger, 230V
12 channel models:
P3612L-10-230V
0.5 - 10μl., 12 channel,
with charger, 230V
P3612L-20-230V
2 - 20μl., 12 channel,
with charger, 230V
10 - 200μl., 12 channel,
with charger, 230V
100 - 1200μl., 12 channel,
with charger, 230V
Accessories:
P3600L-BAT-1
Extra Lithium-ion battery
(new generation)
P3628L
Shelf clip for Excel electronic
pipettes, holds one
P3630L
Acrylic stand for Excel electronic
pipette, holds 3
Price Each
£197
£197
£197
£197
£387
£387
£387
£437
£447
£450
£450
£516
£18
£4
£48
www.progensci.co.uk
57
LIQUID HANDLING
ZEAL
Accumax PRO Variable Volume Pipettes
Quality pipettes at a very affordable price
Features:
n
Smart, soft finger grip of thermoplastic elastomer for easier grip
and less heat transfer to pipette
n
Easy identification through different colour coding for each model
n
Supplied with calibration tool (also doubles as tool to dismantle
pipette for servicing) and full factory calibration certificate
n
Full instructions for use and calibration. Full warranty and spare parts available
Single channel pipettes
VAP-125
VAP-100
VAP-700
VAP-200
VAP-500
VAP-800
VAP-300
VAP-600
VAP-400
VAP-900
VAP-905
VAP-1000
VAP-1005
0.1 – 2.5µl. (in 0.01μl.)
0.5 - 10µl. (in 0.1μl.)
2 - 20µl. (in 0.1μl.)
5 - 50µl. (in 0.5μl.)
10 - 100µl. (in 0.5μl.)
20 - 200µl. (in 1.0μl.)
50 - 200µl. (in 1.0μl.)
100 - 1000µl. (in 5.0μl.)
200 -1000µl. (in 5.0μl.)
1000 - 5000µl. (in 50.0μl.)
500 - 5000µl. (in 50.0μl.)
1000 - 10000µl (in 100µl)
500 - 10000µl (in 100µl)
Hot
Shots
2015
All single
channel pipettes
£52 each
Accessories:
SA-100
Accumax acrylic stand to hold 4 pipettes
SA-200
Accumax acrylic stand to hold 6 pipettes
Price Each
£15
£20
Contact Progen Scientific for a demonstration
Labnet FastPette V2™ Pipette Controller
Fast becoming one of the most popular units available for features and price
Features:
For cordless work with glass or plastic pipettes 1 to 100ml.
n
Dual speed aspiration rate and blow out or gravity delivery with touch control
n
Disposable filter and non-return valve in pipette holder (autoclavable)
n
Non-return valve in pipette holder to stop accidental liquid entry
n
NiMH rechargeable battery and charger for 8 hours continuous use
n
Ergonomic handle, controls and built-in stand (pipette stands up on bench
with attached pipette sloping down)
n
Hot
Shots
2015
Price Each
P2000-230V
Labnet FastPette V2™ pipette controller with charger,
wall holder and spare disposable filters
£125
PTFE autoclavable filter, 0.2µm. (pack of 5)
PTFE autoclavable filter, 0.45µm. (pack of 5)
£11
£11
Consumables:
P2023
P2024
www.progensci.co.uk
58
LIQUID HANDLING
ZEAL
Labnet FastPette PRO™ Pipette Controller
With LCD display and two position charging stand
Features:
n
Ergonomic design for exceptional comfort
n
LCD display for speed, modes and battery status visualisation
n
Easy access to the battery compartment
n
Easy maintenance
n
Two position charging stand
n
Designed for cordless work with glass or plastic pipettes from 1 to 100 ml.
n
Dual speed aspiration range
n
Blow-out or gravity delivery choice
n
Pressure sensitive trigger buttons for fine control
over aspiration and dispensing rate
n
Rechargeable NiMH batteries for 8 hours of continuous use
n
Fully autoclavable nose piece, pipette holder and filter
n
Non-return valve in pipette holder to stop accidental liquid entry
n
Disposable, autoclavable filter is easily available
(Pall Gelman, 0.2 μm. or 0.45 μm PTFE)
Hot
Shots
2015
P2002
Price Each
Labnet FastPette PRO™ pipette controller with two position
charging stand, additional PTFE autoclavable filter 0.2μm,
universal power supply
£138
PTFE autoclavable filter, 0.2μm (pack of 5)
PTFE autoclavable filter, 0.45μm (pack of 5)
£11
£11
Consumables:
P2023
P2024
Accumax PipetHelp Pipette Controller
Probably the most competitively priced unit on the market
Features:
n
For use with glass or plastic pipettes from 0.1ml. to 200ml.
Powerful yet quiet pump
n
Two different speed modes, high and low, as well as gravity drain
n
The pump speed can also be fine tuned by varying finger pressure on operating push buttons
for better control of speed
n
Ergonomic design with soft grip push buttons for stress-free pipetting
n
Safety, non-return, valve and hydrophobic filters provide double protection against fluid penetration
n
Cadmium-free, environmentally friendly rechargeable NiMH batteries
n
Batteries can be changed when necessary very easily by the user
n
The intelligent charger prevents over-charging / heating of the batteries
n
Low battery indicator shows when ready for recharging
n
Autoclavable pipette cone
n
Supplied with battery charger; 1 x 0.2μm and 1 x 0.45μm hydrophobic PTFE membrane filters;
plastic desktop stand (for use with pipette attached); wall mounting stand with screw
PH01-R
Accumax PipetHelp, Red
n
Consumables:
PH01-12
PH01-13
PH01-16
PTFE membrane filter 0.20 μm (pack of 5)
PTFE membrane filter 0.45 μm (pack of 5)
NiMH battery (set of 2 batteries)
Hot
Shots
2015
Price Each
£89
£19
£19
£16
www.progensci.co.uk
59
Progen Scientific delivers
5 Star Quality
CapitalEquipment
Telstar’s range of Biological Safety
Cabinets includes the
Bio II Advance
Recirculating Class II
Biological Safety
Cabinets
•
•
Conform fully to all current international standards including EN 12469
Three width models to choose from all with an external height of only 1260 mm. so fit in all
laboratories and depth of 759 mm. so compatible with most laboratory doors
•
Manual sliding window and complete window frame lifts up for total access to rear of window and
working area
•
•
•
•
•
•
Comfort and ease of use including sound level < 58 dBA and vibration level of < 0.005 mm. RMS
Safe, ergonomic arm rest
Maximum protection for the operator, product and environment
Double safe control panel with easy to read screen and international colour codes
Reduced maintenance
Cabinets supplied with internal electrical sockets (UV germicide kit and gas connection kit are
optional)
Contact Progen Scientific for the new BioVanguard range of cabinets
Call Progen Scientific now for 5 star specialist help on 020 8542 2283
www.progensci.co.uk
60
5 Star Quality
CapitalEquipment
Progen Scientific Supplies High Quality
Benchtop Freeze Dryers –
Telstar LyoQuest
• -55°C or -85°C units available
•
Can be supplied with or without
a dual stage vacuum pump
•
Microprocessor controlled and
simple to use; a digital screen
gives direct read-out of current
condenser and vacuum
temperatures during the various
stages of the cycle
•
Condenser capacity up to 6 kg.
of ice/24hrs; condenser coil and
drum constructed of AISI 316
stainless steel
•
Various accessories available such
as extra manifolds and chambers
•
Compact design and front cover
opens for easy servicing
•
5 Star Service
Other large freeze dryers available - contact Progen Scientific
www.progensci.co.uk
61
5 Star Quality
CapitalEquipment
Progen Scientific Supplies
High Quality Priorclave
Autoclaves
All types of Laboratory
Autoclaves:
• Benchtop
• Front Loading
• Top Loading
• Pass-Through or Double Ended
• Sizes from 40 to 700 litre
• Full range of accessories and options
• New ‘no frills’ economically priced ‘Opal’
range (35, 55, 95 and 125 litre)
Typical Applications:
• Media preparation
• Fluid and diluent sterilisation
• Waste
• Instruments and glassware
• Porous loads
• Custom Applications
Features include:
• TACTROL® microprocessor control system with optional 5 or 10 programmes memory
•
Media warming facility (keeps media warm at 40˚C
after sterilisation cycle finished)
•
•
Delayed start facility
•
•
Fan assisted cooling of outer chamber
(enables more runs per day)
Thermal and pressure interlocks
Timed freesteaming for improved temperature
distribution
•
BioCote® antibacterial powder coating on external
painted surfaces inhibits bacteria growth
•
•
Low surface temperaturess
Site surveys, installation, training, load performance
verification, maintenance and service
contracts available
www.progensci.co.uk
62
5 Star Quality
CapitalEquipment
Progen Scientific Supplies
High Quality
Miele Laboratory Glassware Washers
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Can be freestanding or fitted under a lab bench.
Front loading machines with drop-down door.
Stainless steel casing and lid.
Various accessory options including baskets
and injectors.
Washers and washer dryers both available.
Various levels of programming to suit user needs.
Final rinse water quality options.
All rinses in fresh water.
High power circulation pump.
Input for deionised or reverse osmosis water.
Pumped drain as standard.
Chemicals and detergents available.
5 star service.
www.progensci.co.uk
63
METERS (PH,
CONDUCTIVITY, etc.)
ZEAL
Martini Instruments Model Mi 150 pH /
Temperature Laboratory Bench Meter
Features:
n
The Mi 150 is an advanced pH / Temperature microprocessor-based
bench meter. It is ideal for students and technicians who need fast
and reliable measurements at a very competitive package price.
This meter is provided with a series of new diagnostic features
which add an entirely new dimension to dramatically improve the
reliability of the measurement.
n
Automatic Temperature Compensation (ATC) for good accuracy
under fluctuating temperatures
n
Easy to read, large, custom LCD display
n
Easy and quick push button calibration (sealed, splash-proof
touchpad)
n
7 memorised buffers (pH 1.68, 4.01, 6.86, 7.01, 9.18, 10.01 and 12.45)
for calibration
n
Messages on the LCD to make the calibration easy and accurate
n
User-selectable ‘calibration time out’ to remind when a new
calibration is necessary
n
Stability Indicator prompts whenever reading stabilises
Moreover, it offers an extended temperature range from –20ºC (-4ºF) to
120ºC (248ºF), using the MA831R interchangeable temperature probe.
Specifications:
Range:
pH
Temp.
Resolution:
pH
Temp.
Accuracy:
pH
(@20°C / 68°F)
Temp.
Typical EMC
pH
Deviation
Temp.
pH Automatic Calibration
Offset Calibration
Slope Calibration
Temperature Compensation
pH electrode
Temperature probe
Environment
Input impedance
Power supply
Dimensions
Weight
-2.00 to +16.00 pH
-20.0 to +120°C / -4.0 to +248°F
0.01pH
0.1°C (0.1°F)
+/- 0.01 pH
+/- 0.4°C / +/- 0.8°F
+/- 0.02 pH
+/- 0.4°C / +/- 0.8°F
1 or 2 point calibration, with 7 memorised buffers
+/- 1 pH
from 80 to 108%
automatic, from –20.0 to +120ºC / -4.0 to +248ºF or manual, without temperature probe
MA 917B/1 (included) double junction refillable glass pH electrode (BNC)
MA 831R (included)
0 to 50°C / 32 to 120.0°F; max. RH 95%
10¹² ohm
12 VDC power adaptor (supplied)
230W x 160D x 95H mm. .
0.9 kg.
Price Each
Mi 150
£326
Mi 150 pH / Temperature meter supplied complete with:
MA917B/1 double junction refillable glass pH electrode (BNC);
MA831R temperature probe; MA9315 flexible arm electrode holder;
M10004 pH 4.01 sachet buffer solution; M10007 pH 7.01 sachet buffer solution;
M10010 pH 10.01 sachet buffer solution; M10016 sachet electrode cleaning solution;
Graduated pipette; 12 VDC adaptor and instruction manual
www.progensci.co.uk
64
METERS (PH,
CONDUCTIVITY, etc.)
ZEAL
Martini Instruments Model Mi 151 pH / ORP (mV) /
Temperature Laboratory Bench Meter
Features:
n
The Mi 151 is a high performance, economy, microprocessor-based pH / ORP /
Temperature bench meter. It is provided with a series of new diagnostic features
which add an entirely new dimension to the measurement of pH , by allowing the
user to dramatically improve the reliability of the measurement.
n
Automatic Temperature Compensation (ATC) for good accuracy under fluctuating
temperatures
n
Hold Function freezes reading for easy viewing
n
Easy to read, large, custom LCD display
n
Easy and quick push button calibration (sealed, splash-proof touchpad)
n
7 memorised buffers (pH 1.68, 4.01, 6.86, 7.01, 9.18, 10.01 and 12.45) for calibration
n
Messages on the LCD to make the calibration easy and accurate
n
User-selectable ‘calibration time out’ to remind when a new calibration is necessary
n
Stability Indicator prompts whenever reading stabilises
The Mi 151 can also measure with ORP electrodes, thanks to its capability to measure
mV with a resolution up to 0.1 mV.
Moreover, it offers an extended temperature range from –20°C (-4°F) to 120°C (248°F),
using the MA831R interchangeable temperature probe.
Specifications:
Range:
pH
mV
Temp.
Resolution:
pH
mV
Temp.
Accuracy:
pH
(@20°C / 68°F)
mV
Temp.
Typical EMC
pH
Deviation
mV
Temp.
pH Automatic Calibration
Offset Calibration
Slope Calibration
Temperature Compensation
pH electrode
Temperature probe
Environment
Input impedance
Power supply
Dimensions
Weight
-2.00 to +16.00 pH
+/- 699.9 mV / +/- 1999 mV
-20.0 to +120°C / -4.0 to +248°F
0.01pH
0.1 mV / 1 mV
0.1°C (0.1°F)
+/- 0.01 pH
+/- 0.2 mV / +/- 1 mV
+/- 0.4°C / +/- 0.8°F
+/- 0.02 pH
+/- 0.2 mV / +/- 1 mV
+/- 0.4°C / +/- 0.8°F
1 or 2 point calibration, with 7 memorised buffers
+/- 1 pH
from 80 to 108%
automatic, from –20.0 to +120°C / -4.0 to +248°F or manual, without temperature probe
MA 917B/1 (included) double junction refillable glass pH electrode
MA 831R (included)
0 to 50°C / 32 to 120.0°F; max. RH 95%
10¹² ohm
12 VDC power adaptor (supplied)
230W x 160D x 95H mm.
0.9.kg.
Mi 151
Mi 151 pH / ORP / Temperature meter supplied complete with:
MA917B/1 double junction refillable glass pH electrode
MA831R temperature probe; MA9315 electrode holder;
M10004 pH 4.01 sachet buffer solution; M10007 pH 7.01 sachet buffer solution;
M10010 pH 10.01 sachet buffer solution; M10016 sachet electrode cleaning solution;
Graduated pipette ; 12 VDC adaptor; Instruction manual
Price Each
£376
Visit Progen Scientific website for accessories and a wide range of other Martini and Milwaukee Instruments meters
www.progensci.co.uk
65
MICROPLATE EQUIPMENT
ZEAL
Boekel Microplate Replicators
Features:
n
Pins are made of stainless steel for durability, autoclaving and flame sterilisation
n
Economical substitute for expensive robotic systems
n
Models 140500 and 140501 include alcohol reservoir and pads for debris removal
n
Applications include:
1. Transfer small volumes of inoculum from microplates to daughter plates or
membranes 2. Replication of YACs and cosmid libraries 3. Colony hybridisation
4. Antibiotic sensitivity testing 5. Phage typing
n
It is recommended that replicators are not cleaned in ultrasonic baths
as this may loosen pins
Specifications and Ordering information:
Model number:
Description:
Pin length:
Pin size:
Pin design:
Dimensions:
Weight:
140500
140501
140384T1
48 pin replicator
25.4 mm.
1.5 x 1.5 mm.
Flat, square
110Wx76Dx110H mm.
0.45 kg.
Model number:
Description:
Pin length:
Pin size:
Pin design:
Dimensions:
Weight:
140384
96 pin replicator
25.4 mm.
1.5 x 1.5 mm.
Flat, square
110Wx76Dx110H mm.
0.6 kg.
384 pin replicator
22.0 mm.
0.19 mm. dia.
Flat, round
128Wx85Dx123H mm.
0.6 kg.
Template for 140384
N/A
N/A
N/A
151Wx110Dx66H mm.
0.6 kg.
Price Each
£292
£292
Price Each
£679
£195
Note: Template is available for 140384 replicator only. Both 140384 and 140384T1 are labelled with ‘A1’ for correct plate orientation.
It is recommended that 2 templates are used when replicating between two 384 plates.
MICROSCOPES
Euromex BioBlue Biological Microscopes
for Education and Research
The beautiful stylish design of the BioBlue series stands out among all other microscopes of this
kind. It has been especially designed for biology classes of educational institutes and small
laboratories.
Optical equipment
The DIN WF 10x/18 eyepieces of the BioBlue mono-, bino- and trinocular models provide the ideal
field of view. The achromatic Semiplan 45 mm DIN objectives are parafocally aligned on the 160
mm DIN tubes. When changing the magnification the image remains perfectly in focus and
centered. The high precision mechanism of the coaxial course- and fine control combined with
the spherical corrected optics enable the BioBlue to produce very sharp images. All models are
equipped with a height adjustable Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 with iris diaphragm and filter holder.
General technical information:
n
Eyepiece: WF 10x/18 wide field eyepiece, secured with screw.
Monocular models have an eyepiece with built-in pointer
n
Observation tube: Monocular, binocular or trinocular Siedentopf
type head, 360° rotatable; Tube length 160 mm
n
Nosepiece Reversed nosepiece for 4 objectives. Ball-bearing
mechanism and click-stops
n
Objectives: Achromatic color coded DIN Semiplan objectives. The
40x, 60x and 100x-oil objectives are spring-mounted
n
Protection: Built in protection system for specimen and objective
n
Stages: A 120x120 mm plain stage or 130x130 mm stage with
double layered mechanical X-Y stage are available. The translation
range of the mechanical X-Y stage is 70x28 mm
n
Focus control: Coaxial coarse- and fine adjustment knobs on both
sides with 0.002 mm graduations. Friction of focus control can be
adjusted
n
Condenser: Height adjustable Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 with iris
diaphragm and filter holder
n
Illumination: NeoLED 1 Watt illumination with internal power
supply (85-230V) and 3 NiMH AA type batteries
n
Packaging: Complete with spare fuse and dustcover in styrofoam
case. Models equipped with S100x-oil objectives are delivered with
5 ml immersion oil
n
Manual: English (also available in French, Dutch and German
language)
Warranty: 10 years and supply of spare parts guaranteed for 20 years
www.progensci.co.uk
66
MICROSCOPES
ZEAL
Euromex BioBlue Biological Microscopes
for Education and Research cont.
BioBlue stand
The aluminium BioBlue stand has been designed to be very stable. A
built-in protection system prevents any damage to the specimen
and objective. The BB.4200 has a plain stage with 2 object clamps.
All other models have a large 130x130 mm stage with vernier and a
integrated mechanical translation stage with 70x28 mm travel
range.
LED illuminator
The BioBlue is equipped with a 1 Watt adjustable LED illuminator,
which produces no heat. Besides the low power consumption the
Cat.no. Description
Price Each
BB.4200 Euromex BioBlue Biological Microscope,
£218
monocular, WF 10x/18 eyepiece; 4x, 10x, S40x
DIN Semiplan objectives, pre-centred Abbe
condenser, plain stage
£259
monocular, WF 10x/18 eyepiece; 4x, 10x, S40x
DIN Semiplan objectives, pre-centred Abbe
condenser, integrated mechanical stage
£299
monocular, WF 10x/18 eyepiece; 4x, 10x, S40x,
S60x DIN Semiplan objectives, pre-centred
Abbe condenser, integrated mechanical stage
Accessories:
AE5511
BB.4300
AE.5571
AE.5572
AE.5573
AE.5581
AE.5582
AE.5591
AE.5593
AE.5594
AE.5597
AE.5599
AE.5601
AE.5150
Discussion head for BioBlue models
Aluminium case for BioBlue models
Wide field 5x/18 eyepiece
Wide field 10x/18 eyepiece with pointer
Wide field 20x/11.5 eyepiece
Achromatic SMP DIN 4x objective
Achromatic SMP DIN S40x objective
Achromatic SMP DIN S60x objective
Achromatic SMP DIN S100x oil
immersion objective
Polarisation set. The analyser is placed
in the eyepiece and the polariser
in the filter holder
Price Each
£84
£69
£33
£24
£25
£27
£31
£15
£22
£53
£43
£60
£69
£26
internal universal AC power supply makes use of an external
vulnerable AC-DC power adapter completely redundant. The built-in
rechargeable AA type batteries allow a 60 hours continuous
operation of the microscope.
Ergonomic design
A lot of effort has been put into the ergonomic aspects of the
BioBlue. A comfortable handgrip enables easy transportation.
Ergonomically placed adjustment knobs minimize fatigue during
long microscopy sessions. The general shape of the stand has been
specifically designed to match today’s standard.
monocular, WF 10x/18 eyepiece; 4x, 10x, S40x,
S100X oil DIN Semiplan objectives, pre-centred
binocular, WF 10x/18 eyepieces; 4x, 10x,
S40x, S100X oil DIN Semiplan objectives,
pre-centred Abbe condenser, integrated
mechanical stage
trinocular, WF 10x/18 eyepieces; 4x, 10x, S40x,
S100X oil DIN Semiplan objectives, pre-centred
AE.5152
AE.5153
AE.5154
AE.5202
AE.5203
AE.5204
AE.5205
SL.5527
SL.5501
Polarisation attachment. Analyser
mounted over eyepiece and analyser
32 mm. dia. in filter holder
Polarisation set for microscopes without
mechanical stage. The analyser is placed
on top of the eyepiece and the polariser is
mounted in an attachable (90 x 65 mm.)
stage. Rotating object holder with object
clamps graduation 360º, accuracy 5º
Polariser in mount to place over eyepieces
Blue filter, 32 mm. dia.
Yellow filter, 32 mm. dia.
Neutral grey filter, 32 mm. dia.
Green filter, 32 mm. dia.
Spare fuses (pack of 10)
LED replacement unit
£299
£365
£433
£32
£50
£16
£7
£7
£8
£10
£3
£9
Also available with polarisation and with integral digital camera.
Contact Progen Scientific for details.
www.progensci.co.uk
67
MICROSCOPES
ZEAL
Euromex Novex B Series Biological Microscopes
The attractively priced Novex B series microscopes are high quality, robust
biological microscopes for educational purposes and scientific research.
Viewing Head and Eyepieces
The microscopes of the Novex B series are available in three
configurations: monocular, binocular or trinocular. The viewing head is
mounted at 30º angle and can be rotated through 360º. Supplied with a
HWF 10x/18mm. or HWF 10x/20mm. (in Novex B-Plus models) eyepiece(s),
these microscopes have a coaxial coarse and fine focus adjustment.
Revolving Objective Changer
aperture N.A. 1.20 (86.627), a DIN
Plan 100x objective with iris
diaphragm (86.521) and a LED
source indirect illumination
method enables the microscope
user to view the contour and
structure of transparent and low
contrast specimens on a dark
background.
There is a wide choice of Semiplan, Plan, Phase Contrast and ICS
objectives (Infinity Corrected System).
One example of the use of this darkfield
technique is living blood analysis (LBA).
The LBA is a morphological research
technique that enables observation of
the shape of red blood-corpuscles
(Erythrocytes). Anomalies in shape or
function provide an approximate
indication of possible pathological
diseases.
Condenser
Phase Contrast Set
All models are equipped with a reversed quadruple revolving objective
changer with ball bearings slides for precise indexing (except for models
86.525, 86.541, 86.125 and 86.141). A five position objective changer can
be supplied as an option.
Achromatic Objectives
The Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 can be centred and focused and is
equipped with an iris diaphragm, filter holder and blue daylight filter.
Bright Field Illumination
Besides the built-in 6 volts, 20 Watt halogen illumination there are also
models with LED illumination (3W) with rechargeable batteries for
approximately 50 hours of usage and internal power supply.
Mechanical Stage
The standard 120 x 135 mm. stage is equipped with a ball bearing X–Y
stage (range 75 x 35 mm.) and a double vernier reading to 0.1 mm. The
specimen holder is removable.
Darkfield Illumination
The darkfield set consists of a special condenser with a large numerical
The Novex B Series microscopes
are available with several Zernike medium-dark phase contrast sets,
complete with centring phase telescope and green filter. The sets are
complete with a Plan phase S40x objective and 4x, 10x and S100x Semiplan or Plan bright field objectives.
Camera and Video Set
The trinocular head phototube can be activated and de-activated. When
it is activated the image remains visible in one eyepiece, which gives the
maximum light intensity to the photo/video equipment. A separate
brochure describes the digital and analogue photo/video camera
solutions.
Warranty: 5 years and supply of spare parts guaranteed for 20 years
Mono
Bino
Trino
Objectives
Illumination
Remarks
86.010
£345
86.010-LED
£355
86.060
£499
86.060-LED
£509
86.025
£475
86.025-LED
£485
86.075
£629
86.075-LED
£639
86.125
£597
86.125-LED
£667
86.129-LED
£749
86.325
£910
86.325-LED
£920
86.375
£1170
86.375-LED
£1180
86.041
£545
86.041-LED
£555
86.091
£699
86.091-LED
£709
86.141
£667
86.141-LED
£677
Semiplan SMP 4x/0.10, SP 10x0.25,
SP S40x/0.65, SP S100x/1.25 oil
Semiplan SMP 4x/0.10, SP 10x0.25,
SP S40x/0.65, SP S100x/1.25 oil
Plan PL 4x/0.10, PL 10x0.2,
PL S40x/0.65, PL S100x/1.25 oil
Plan PL 4x/0.10, PL 10x0.2,
PL S40x/0.65, PL, S100x/1.25 oil
Semiplan SMP 4x/0.10, SMP 10x0.2,
SMP S40x/0.65, SMP S100x oil
Semiplan SMP 4x/0.10, SMP 10x0.2,
SMP S40x/0.65, SMP S100x oil
Plan Infinity corrected PLi 4x/0.12,
PLi 10x/0.25,PLi S40x/0.65, PLi S100x/1.25 oil
Semiplan Phase SMPPH 10x/0.25, SMPPH
20x/0.40, SMPPH S40x/0.65, SMPPH S100x/1.25 oil
Semiplan Phase SMPPH 10x/0.25, SMPPH
20x/0.40, SMPPH S40x/0.65, SMPPH S100x/1.25 oil
Plan Phase PLPH 10x/0.25, PLPH 20x/0.40,
PLPH S40x/0.65, PLPH S100x/1.25 oil
Plan Phase PLPH 10x/0.25, PLPH 20x/0.40,
PLPH S40x/0.65, PLPH S100x/1.25 oil
Halogen, adjustable
intensity
LED, adjustable
intensity
Halogen, adjustable
intensity
LED, adjustable
intensity
Halogen, adjustable
intensity
LED cordless
adjustable intensity
NeoLED cordless
adjustable intensity
Halogen, adjustable
intensity
LED adjustable
intensity
Halogen, adjustable
intensity
LED, adjustable
intensity
Phase condenser
with rotating disc
Phase condenser
with rotating disc
Phase condenser
with rotating disc
Phase condenser
with rotating disc
86.310
£780
86.310-LED
£790
86.360
£1040
86.360-LED
£1050
86.341
£980
86.341-LED
£990
86.391
£1240
86.391-LED
£1250
Accessories:
Eyepieces DIN
86.572 Wide field eyepiece HWF 10x/18
Price Each
£18
£26
£26
86.882
86.574
Wide field eyepiece HWF 20x/10
Wide field eyepiece HWF 10x/18, with graticule
10 mm. / 100 parts, adjustable lens
Price Each
£26
£48
www.progensci.co.uk
68
MICROSCOPES
ZEAL
Euromex Novex B Series Biological Microscopes cont.
Accessories: Objectives
Price Each
86.891 Achromatic Semiplan Objective DIN SMP 4x N.A. 0.10
£24
£32
£63
86.897 Achromatic Semiplan Objective DIN SMP S40x N.A. 0.65 £69
80.899 Achromatic Semiplan Objective DIN SMP S60x N.A. 0.85 £52
86.900 Achromatic Semiplan Objective DIN SMP
£90
S100x N.A. 1.25 oil
£42
86.511 Achromatic Plan Objective DIN PL 4x N.A. 0.10
£71
£109
86.517 Achromatic Plan Objective DIN PL S40x N.A. 0.65
£124
80.519 Achromatic Plan Objective DIN PL S60x N.A. 0.85
£138
86.520 Achromatic Plan Objective DIN PL S100x N.A. 1.25 oil
£141
86.521 Achromatic Plan Objective DIN PL S100x N.A. 1.25 oil
£238
with iris diaphragm
£58
86.560 Plan Objective infinity corrected ICS PLi 4x N.A. 0.12
£102
£167
86.566 Plan Objective infinity corrected ICS PLi S40x N.A. 0.65 £178
86.567 Plan Objective infinity corrected ICS PLi S60x N.A. 0.80 £189
86.568 Plan Objective infinity corrected ICS PLi S100x oil
£199
N.A. 1.25
86.413 Achromatic Phase Objective DIN PH 10x N.A. 0.25
£65
86.414 Achromatic Phase Objective DIN PH 20x N.A. 0.40
£75
86.417 Achromatic Phase Objective DIN PH S40x N.A. 0.65
£79
86.420 Achromatic Phase Objective DIN PH S100x N.A. 1.25 oil £104
86.313 Achromatic Plan Phase Objective DIN PLPH 10x N.A. 0.25 £93
86.314 Achromatic Plan Phase Objective DIN PLPH
£144
20x N.A. 0.40
£148
S40x N.A. 0.65
£196
S100x N.A. 1.25 oil
Phase Contrast and Darkfield Equipment
86.613 Simple phase contrast attachment PLPH S40x
86.615 Zernike phase contrast set for B-series with semi-plan
phase PH 10/20/S40/S100x objectives
86.617 Zernike phase contrast set for B-series with plan
phase PLPH 10/20/S40/S100x objectives
86.627 Dark field condenser N.A. 1,20 cardioid type
£245
£552
£799
£380
Euromex StereoBlue Zoom Stereo Microscopes for Education
Features:
n
Eyepieces: pair of WF 10x/20 mm. eyepieces
n
Head: Binocular or Trinocular 45º inclined tubes.
Two diopter adjustments. Interpupillary distance
adjustable between 55 and 75 mm. All optical
parts are anti-fungus treated
n
Dual magnification objectives: Nosepiece with
Dual 1x/3x or 2x/4x revolving objectives.
Magnification 10x/30X or 20x/40x. Field of views
of 20 mm./6.6 mm.or 10 mm./5.0 mm. Working
distance 100 mm.
n
Zoom objective: Zoom stereo 0.7x to 4.5x
objective. Magnification from 7x to 45x, field of
views 28.5 mm. to 4.4 mm.
n
Stand: Ergonomically designed base with 2
object clamps. Alloy metal cast, hardened offwhite coated. Ergonomical carrying grip. Also
universal stand for stereo zoom models.
n
Focusing adjustment: Coarse adjustment with
tension control.
n
Illumination: The 3W diascopic and incident
LED illuminators can be used simultaneously.
Both light intensities can be adjusted separately.
Warranty: 5 years and supply of spare parts
guaranteed for 20 years
Cat.no.
Description
Price Each
SB1302
StereoBlue binocular head, 1 x / 3 x objective,
£246
10x / 30x magnification, 3W LED illumination
with rack & pinion stand
£246
SB1402
StereoBlue binocular head, 2 x / 4 x objective,
with rack & pinion stand
£359
SB1902
StereoBlue binocular head, stereo zoom
0.7x - 4.5x, 7x - 45x magnification, 3W LED
illumination with rack & pinion stand
£395
SB1903
StereoBlue trinocular head, stereo zoom
illumination with rack & pinion stand
£228
SB1302-P StereoBlue binocular head, 1 x / 3 x objective,
with pillar stand
£228
SB1402-P StereoBlue binocular head, 2 x / 4 x objective,
with pillar stand
Model
Features
Binocular Trinocular 1x/3x
2x/4x 0.7x – 4.5x
head
head
objective objective Zoom
●
SB.1302
●
SB.1402
●
SB.1902
●
B.1903
Models with universal stand:
●
SB.1902-U
●
SB.1903-U
●
●
●
●
●
SB1902-P StereoBlue binocular head, stereo zoom
illumination with pillar stand
SB1903-P StereoBlue trinocular head, stereo zoom
illumination with pillar stand
SB1902-U StereoBlue binocular head, stereo zoom
illumination with universal stand
SB1903-U StereoBlue trinocular head, stereo zoom
illumination with universal stand
●
£341
£377
£499
£535
www.progensci.co.uk
69
MICROSCOPES
ZEAL
Euromex StereoBlue Zoom Stereo Microscopes for Education cont.
Accessories and spare parts:
Price Each
SB.6010 Pair HWF 10x/20 mm. eyepiece
£44
SB.6015 Pair HWF 15x/15 mm. eyepieces
£67
SB.6020 Pair HWF 20x/10 mm. eyepieces
£67
SB.6110 HWF 10x/20 mm. eyepiece with micrometer reticule £84
SB.6099 Pair eyeshades
£4
SB.8905 Additional 0.5x lens, working distance 165 mm.,
£65
only for models SB.1902-P/SB.1903-P with pillar stand
£65
only for models SB.1902-P/SB.1903-P with pillar stand
£65
only for models SB.1902/SB.1903
SB.9570
SB.9833
Pair of object clamps for stage
Photo adaptor with 0.33x lens for ¹/³” cameras.
Only for SB.1903
Photo adaptor with 0.5x lens for ½” cameras.
Only for SB.1903
Stage plate transparent, 60 mm. diameter
Stage plate black/white, 60 mm. diameter
Object micrometer 50 mm. divided into
500 parts on glass slide 76 x 26 mm.
LED replacement unit, incident illumination
LED replacement unit, transmitted illumination
SB.9850
SB.9952
SB.9956
AE.1112
SL.5506
SL.5507
£4
£105
£105
£7
£7
£95
£11
£11
Euromex NexiusZoom Zoom Stereo Microscopes
Specifications:
n
Eyepieces: pair of WF 10x/22 mm. eyepieces
n
Head: Binocular or Trinocular 45º inclined tubes. Both
eyepieces with ± 5 diopter adjustments.
Interpupillary distance adjustable between 54 and 75
mm. All optical parts are anti-fungus treated
n
Objectives: Zoom ratio 1:6.7 with 0.67x to 4.5x
magnification. Field of view 33 mm. to 4.9 mm.
Working distance 110 mm. Auxiliary 0.5x / 0.75x / 1.5x
and 2.0x lenses available
All optical parts are anti-fungus treated
n
Stands: Ergonomically designed pillar or rack and pinion
Model
Binocular Trinocular
NZ.1902-P
NZ.1902-S
NZ.1902-U
NZ.1902-B
NZ.1903-P
NZ.1903-S
NZ.1903-U
NZ.1903-B
●
Features
Pillar
Rack &
One arm Double
stand pinion stand
stand arm stand
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
stand with LED illumination
and 2 object clamps. Universally designed universal one
arm or double arm stands without illumination
Alloy metal cast, hardened off-white coated.
n
Focusing adjustment: Coarse adjustment with tension
control.
n
Illumination: The 3W diascopic and incident LED
illuminators can be used
simultaneously. Both light intensities can be
adjusted separately.
Warranty: 10 years and supply of spare parts
guaranteed for 20 years
●
●
●
●
NZ.1902-P
NexiusZoom binocular head, 0.67 – 45x
3W LED illumination with pillar stand
NZ.1902-S
3W LED illumination with rack and pinion stand
NZ.1902-U
with illumination with universal one arm stand
NZ.1902-B
with illumination with double arm stand
NZ.1903-P
NexiusZoom trinocular head, 0.67 – 45x
3W LED illumination with pillar stand
NZ.1903-S
3W LED illumination with rack and pinion stand
NZ.1903-U
with illumination with universal one arm stand
NZ.1903-B
with illumination with double arm stand
NZ.5302
NexiusZoom binocular head with eyepieces
without head holder
NZ.5303
NexiusZoom trinocular head with eyepieces
without head holder
●
●
●
●
Price Each
£469
£499
£637
£725
£519
£549
£687
£775
£395
£499
Accessories and spare parts
Price Each
NZ.6010
Pair HWF 10x/22 mm. eyepieces £105
NZ.6015
NZ.6020
NZ.6110
HWF 10x/22 mm. eyepiece with
£79
1/100 mm. micrometer reticule
£3
NZ.6099
Pair of eyeshades
NZ.8905
Auxiliary 0.5x lens, working
£81
distance 187 mm.
NZ.8907
£81
distance 125 mm.
NZ.8915
£81
distance 50 mm.
NZ.8920
distance 33 mm.
£89
NZ.8950
Protection glass for NexiusZoom
head
£12
65.980
Black universal stand with table £384
clamp without NexiusZoom
head holder
£160
65.981
Head 76 mm. holder for black
universal stand 65.980
£205
NZ.9570
Pair of object clamps for stage
NZ.9833
C-mount adaptor with 0.33x lens £105
for ¹/³” cameras. Only for NZ.1903
NZ.9850
C-mount adaptor with 0.5x lens £105
for ½” cameras. Only for NZ.1903
65.872
Stage plate glass, 87 mm. diameter £7
65.873
Stage plate glass, 94 mm. diameter £8
65.871
Stage plate black/white, 94 mm.
£9
diameter
LE.1973
Ring light illuminator with 144
£199
LED’s and segment controller
AE.1112
Object micrometer 50 mm. divided £95
into 500 parts on glass slide, 76 x 26 mm.
www.progensci.co.uk
70
MICROSCOPES
ZEAL
Euromex Cold Light Illuminators with Fibre Optic Light Guides
Light is crucial for microscopy and macroscopy in order to see the essential
details of objects. Good illumination of the specimen will give improved
contrast to the image; therefore selection of the correct illumination for a
given object is vital.
LE.5208 Compact, economical 1 Watt LED illuminator with dual flexible
‘gooseneck’ arms each with 1 Watt LED
Multifunctional dual LED adjustable light source. Colour temperature of both
LED is 6,500K and produces 6,500 Lux at 100 mm. distance. The light intensity
level is factory preset and is not adjustable. Supplied with 2 x 44 cm. (incl.
LED) ‘gooseneck’ arms. For 110/240 Volts auto-switching operation.
LE.5209 Compact, economical 20 Watt cold-light illuminator with single
fibre optic
Compact and robust cold-light illuminator with a 20 Watt halogen light
source. The light intensity level is factory preset and is not adjustable.
Supplied with a 40 cm.‘gooseneck’, 6 mm. diameter fibre optic. For 230 Volts operation
LE.5210 Multifunctional 100 Watt cold-light illuminator without fibre optic
This stunning Euromex design cold-light illuminator contains a 100 Watt halogen light source with intensity control. Maximum colour temperature
is 3100˚K. Supplied without fibre optic. For 230 operation. A large range of fibre optics, adaptors and accessories makes this illuminator suitable for
various applications.
LE.5211 Multifunctional 150 Watt cold-light illuminator without fibre optic
This popular cold illuminator contains a 150 Watt halogen light source with intensity control. Supplied without fibre optic. For 230 Volts operation.
A large range of fibre optics, adaptors and accessories makes this illuminator suitable for various applications.
LE.5211-LED Multifunctional High Power LED illuminator (equivalent to a 120W halogen cold light source) without fibre optic
Warranty for all models: 2 years
Price Each
LE.5208
Euromex Dual LED illuminator supplied with dual flexible ‘gooseneck’ arms each with 1W LED at the end
£129
and fixed light intensity
£169
LE.5209
Euromex 20W cold light source supplied with ‘flex & stay’ single arm fibre optic light guide / focusing head.
Fixed light intensity
£219
LE.5210
Euromex 100W cold light source without light guides. Adjustable light intensity
LE.5211
Euromex 150W cold light source without light guides. Adjustable light intensity
£279
LE.5211-LED Euromex High Power LED illuminator without light guides. Adjustable light intensity
£229
Gooseneck self-sustaining ‘flex & stay’ glass fibre light guides for LE.5210, LE.5211 or LE.5211-LED (emission angle 65˚,
with black metal jacket)
£83
LE.5213
Single-arm light guide, 4 mm. diameter fibre, length 50 cm.
LE.5214
Two-arm light guide, 4 mm. diameter fibre, length 50 cm.
£122
LE.5215
Three-arm light guide, 4 mm. diameter fibre, length 50 cm.
£177
LE.5219
£195
Flexible glass fibre light guides for LE.5210, LE.5211 or LE.5211-LED (emission angle 65˚, with black PVC jacket)
£166
LE.5246
Two-arm light guide 4 mm. diameter, length 60 cm.
LE.5216
£90
LE.5235
£124
LE.5217
Three-arm light guide, 4 mm. diameter fibre, length 100 cm.
£172
LE.5218
£199
LE.5220
£295
Accessories for LE.5213, LE.5214, LE.5215, LE.5216, LE.5217, LE.5218, LE.5219, LE.5220, LE.5235 and LE.5246
£7
LE.5222
Focusing head (suitable for all flexible and ‘flex & stay’ gooseneck light guides)
LE.5228
Focusing head identical to LE.5222 but with iris diaphragm for light intensity adjustment without colour
£27
alteration (suitable for all flexible and ‘flex & stay’ gooseneck light guides)
LE.5229
Polarisation filter for reducing reflections
£9
LE.5223
3 colour filters set (red / blue / green) for LE.5222 and LE.5228)
£19
LE.5231
Conversion filter KB12/80B for daylight film
£8
LE.5224
Aspheric condenser lens (needs LE.5222 or LE.5228)
£4
Slit ring-shaped light conductors, curved 90 degrees flexible light guide, glass fibre ring lights and adaptors are available.
Contact Progen Scientific for details.
www.progensci.co.uk
71
MICROSCOPES
ZEAL
Euromex Digital Cameras for all
Microscope Applications
Features:
Easy to use
n
Plug and Play
n
High quality sensors
n
Supplied with advanced ImageFocus V4 software
n
Nine models to choose from and very
competitively priced
n
New Scientific cCMOS sensor cameras (sCMEX-1 and sCMEX-3)
n
Affordable, high quality fluorescence cameras
n
Choose your Euromex camera by your field of application:
n
Brightfield: CMEX-1, CMEX-3, CMEX-5 and CMEX-10
n
Darkfield: sCMEX-1 and sCMEX-3
n
Phase Contrast: CMEX-1/CMEX-3/CMEX-5/CMEX-10 and
CMEX-PRO 3/PRO 5
n
n
n
DIC: CMEX-PRO 3/5 and sCMEX-1/sCMEX-3
Polarisation: sCMEX-1 and sCMEX-3
Fluorescence: sCMEX-1 and sCMEX-3 and CMEX.5000i
(Cooled CCD)
Euromex CMEX CMOS colour USB 2.0 cameras
Features:
n
4 models, 1.3, 3.0, 5.0 and 10.0 Megapixels
n
ADC 10 bits, colour depth 24 bits
Specifications:
Model
Sensor
Pixels
Scan mode
Pixel size
Filter
Mount
Max. frames
(fps)
ADC
Colour depth
Exposure
Dynamic range
S/N ratio max.
Sensitivity
White balance
Data interface
Operation
Storage temp.
Software
Supplied with
n
n
Low signal/noise ratio
USB 2.0 interface
CMEX-1
CMEX-3
CMEX-5
CMEX-10
CMOS ⅓"
CMOS ½"
CMOS 1/2.5"
CMOS 1/2.3"
1280 x 1024 pixels
2048 x 1536 pixels
2592 x 1944 pixels
3856 x 2764 pixels
1.3 Megapixels
3.0 Megapixels
5.0 Megapixels
10.0 Megapixels
Progressive, rolling shutter
3.6μm. x 3.6μm.
3.2μm. x 3.2μm.
2.2μm. x 2.2μm.
1.67μm. x 1.67μm.
RGB
RGB
RGB
RGB
C-mount
C-mount
C-mount
C-mount
Up to 15 fps (1280 x 1024 pixels) Up to 10 fps (2048 x 1536 pixels) Up to 5 fps (2592 x 1944 pixels) Up to 3 fps (3856 x 2764 pixels)
Up to 30 fps (640 x 480 pixels) Up to 25 fps (1024 x 768 pixels) Up to 21 fps (1280 x 960 pixels) Up to 8 fps (1832 x 1370 pixels)
Up to 40 fps (640 x 480 pixels) Up to 25 fps (1024 x 768 pixels) Up to 28 fps (916 x 680 pixels)
Up to 38 fps (640 x 480 pixels)
10 bits
10 bits
10 bits
10 bits
24 bits
24 bits
24 bits
24 bits
Automatic or manual,
from 1ms to 300ms
from 1ms to 500ms
from 1ms to 800ms
from 1ms to 300ms
72 db
72 db
65 db
65 db
55 db
44 db
42 db
42 db
1.3 V/lux-sec @ 550 nm.
Automatic / manual
USB 2.0 at 480 mB/S
0 - 60ºC, 45-85% humidity
-20ºC to +70ºC
Windows XP, Vista, Windows 7, Windows 8 (32 and 64 bit configurations)
0.35x objective with C-mount,
USB 2.0 cable, 30 and
30.5 mm. dia. adaptors for
stereomicroscopes, 76 x 24 mm. stereomicroscopes, 76 x 24 mm. stereomicroscopes, 76 x 24 mm. stereomicroscopes, 76 x 24 mm.
calibration slide (1 mm./100 parts), calibration slide (1 mm./100 parts), calibration slide (1 mm./100 parts), calibration slide (1 mm./100 parts),
CDROM with ImageFocus 4
software, carton box
DC.1300c
Euromex CMEX-1, 1.3 Megapixels USB2 camera
DC.3000c
DC.5000c
DC.10000c
Price Each
£165
£245
£285
£549
www.progensci.co.uk
72
MICROSCOPES
ZEAL
Euromex Digital Cameras for all Microscope Applications cont.
Euromex CMEX PRO CMOS colour USB 2.0
cameras
Features:
2 models, 3.0 and 5.0 Megapixels
n
n
Low signal/noise ratio
n
USB 2.0 interface
n
Professional version
Euromex sCMEX Scientific CMOS colour USB
2.0 cameras
Features:
2 models, 1.3 and 3.0 Megapixels
n
n
Ultra-low signal/noise ratio
n
High sensitivity and high speed
n
Excellent colour rendering
n
USB 2.0 interface
n
Scientific version
n
n
Specifications:
Model
Sensor
Pixels
CMEX PRO 3
CMEX PRO 5
CMOS ½"
CMOS 1/2.5"
2048 x 1538 pixels
2592 x 1944 pixels
3.0 Megapixels
5.0 Megapixels
Scan mode
Progressive, rolling shutter Progressive, rolling shutter
Pixel size
3.2μm. x 3.2μm.
2.2μm. x 2.2μm.
Filter
RGB
RGB
Mount
C-mount
C-mount
Max. frames per
Up to 10 fps
Up to 5 fps
second (fps)
(2048 x 1536 pixels)
(2592 x 1944pixels)
Up to 25 fps
Up to 21 fps
(1024 x 768 pixels)
(1280 x 960 pixels)
Up to 40 fps
Up to 25 fps
(640 x 480 pixels)
(1024 x 768 pixels)
Up to 38 fps
(640 x 480 pixels)
ADC
12 bits
12 bits
Colour depth
24 bits
24 bits
Exposure
from 1ms to 300 ms
from 1ms to 500 ms
Dynamic range
72 db
72 db
S/N ratio max.
55 db
44 db
Sensitivity
1.3 V/lux-sec @ 550 nm.
White balance
Automatic / manual
Data interface
USB 2.0 at 480 mB/S
Operation
Storage temp.
-20ºC to +70ºC
Software
Windows XP, Vista, Windows 7,
Windows 8 (32 and 64 bit configurations)
Supplied with:
0.5x objective with
0.45x objective with
C-mount, USB 2.0 cable,
30 and 30.5 mm. dia.
adaptors for
adaptors for
stereomicroscopes,
stereomicroscopes,
76 x 24 mm. calibration
slide (1 mm./100 parts),
CDROM with ImageFocus 4 CDROM with ImageFocus 4
software, deluxe
software, deluxe
carrying case
carrying case
DC.3000p
Euromex CMEX-3 PRO,
3.0 Megapixels USB2 camera
DC.5000p
Euromex CMEX-5 PRO,
Price Each
£395
£449
Specifications:
Model
Sensor
Pixels
sCMEX Scientific 1
sCMEX Scientific 3
sCMOS 1/3"
sCMOS 1/2.8"
1278 x 1038 pixels
2045x 1536 pixels
1.3 Megapixels
3.0 Megapixels
Scan mode
Progressive, rolling shutter Progressive, rolling shutter
Pixel size
3.63μm. x 3.63μm
2.5μm. x 2.5μm.
Filter
RGB
RGB
Mount
C-mount
C-mount
Max. frames per
Up to 25 fps
Up to 11 fps
second (fps)
(1278 x 1038 pixels)
(2045 x 1536pixels)
Up to 39 fps
Up to 27 fps
(664 x 512 pixels)
(1024 x 768 pixels)
Up to 38 fps
(684 x 512 pixels)
ADC
16 bits
16 bits
Colour depth
36 bits
36 bits
Exposure
from 1ms to 3 seconds
from 1ms to 3 seconds
Dynamic range
72 db
69 db
S/N ratio max.
55 db
55 db
Sensitivity
450mV
200mV
White balance
Automatic / manual
Data interface
USB 2.0 at 480 mB/S
Operation
Storage temp.
-20ºC to +70ºC
Software
Supplied with
adaptors for
adaptors for
stereomicroscopes,
stereomicroscopes,
CDROM with ImageFocus 4 CDROM with ImageFocus 4
software, deluxe
software, deluxe
carrying case
carrying case
DC.1300s
Euromex sCMEX-1 PRO, 1.3
Megapixels USB2 camera
DC.3000s
Euromex sCMEX-3 PRO,
Price Each
£693
£834
www.progensci.co.uk
73
MICROSCOPES
ZEAL
Euromex Digital Cameras for all Microscope Applications cont.
Euromex Cooled CCD colour USB 2.0 camera
Features:
n
5 Megapixels CCD colour USB2.0 camera
n
n
Ultra-low signal/noise ratio
n
n
For fluorescence applications and low light intensity
circumstances
Cooled by Peltier element up to -30ºC below ambient
Specifications:
Model
Sensor
Pixels
Pixel size
Filter
Mount
Max. frames per
second (fps)
ADC
Colour depth
Exposure
White balance
Dynamic range
Cooled CCD
High Resolution CCD 2/3"
2580 x 1944 pixels 5.0 Megapixels
3.4μm. x 3.4 μm.
RGB
C-mount thread, delivered without objective
3 fps (2580 x 1944 pixels)
12 fps (1280 x 932 pixels)
16 bits
36 bits
Automatic or manual, from 0.1ms to 20 minutes
Automatic / manual
74 db
Sensitivity
Data interface
Peltier cooling
Dimensions
Weight
Operation
Software
500 mV @ 3200K and 706 cd/m², 1/30 sec. accumulation
USB2 @ 480 Mb/s
-30ºC below ambient temperature
130H x 111W x 54T mm.
920g.
0ºC to +60ºC, 10 – 85% humidity
Supplied with: USB 2.0 cable, 100-240Vac to 5Vdc/4A power adaptor
for Peltier cooling, 76 x 24 mm. calibration slide
(1 mm./100 parts), CDROM with ImageFocus 4
software, aluminium carry case.
Supplied without objective or adaptor.
DC.5000i
Euromex 5.0 Megapixels USB2 digital cooled camera
Price Each
£1749
Optika XDS-2 Inverted Microscope
Complete package with phase contrast and photo tube
Features:
n
All inclusive system with a full series of objectives, translating stage, 22mm.
eyepieces, phototube adaptors, stage accessories, filters and dust cover
n
Optical system: Infinity corrected, 45mm. parafocality distance F.O.V. 22mm.
Ergonomic design adjustable head to compensate to operator height (XDS-2 ergo)
n
Trinocular head: 30º inclined, 360º rotating; interpupillary distance 48 – 75mm.;
adjustable dioptric compensation; ergonomic height compensation option
n
Eyepieces: Extra wide field EWF10x/22mm.; eyeglass compatible
n
Nosepiece: 5 positions with bi-directional rotation on ball bearings and click stop
n
Objectives (supplied):LWD infinity corrected Planachromatic: 4x 0.10 (W.D.
18mm.); phase contrast 10x 0.25 (W.D. 10mm.); phase contrast 20x 0.40 (W.D.
5.1mm.); 40x 0.60 (W.D. 2.6mm., corrected for 1.2mm. cover glass)
Supplied with blue and green filters (for brightfield and phase contrast)
n
Specimen stage: 2550 x 230mm. Translator with lowered ergonomic coaxial
controls. X-Y translation: 119 x 70mm. Interchangeable metallic inserts for various
slides, dishes
n
Focusing system: Macro- and micrometric regulation, with coaxial knob on both
sides of the stand; adjustable friction
n
Condenser: Long working distance condenser, N.A. 0.30, W.D. 72mm.
The condenser can be removed to increase the W.D. to 150mm.
n
Illumination system: 6V / 30W halogen precentred illuminator, with adjustable
intensity, filter and phase ring holder and field diaphragm
n
Photography: CCD: via M-778 adaptor; Digital: digital camera via DIGI adaptor; OPTIKAM direct to photo tube; Reflex 35mm.: via M-064
and T/2 adaptors. NOTE: Cameras adaptors are not supplied with microscope but have to be ordered separately if required
n
Overall dimensions: Height: 473mm. (to eyepieces: 390mm.); Depth: 515mm.
www.progensci.co.uk
74
MICROSCOPES
ZEAL
Optika XDS-2 Inverted Microscope cont.
XDS-2
Optika XDS-2 Inverted Microscope, complete package as above
XDS-2 ergo As per XDS-2 but with ergonomic head (adjust to user height)
Option:
M-021
Micrometer eyepiece EWF10x / 22mm.
M-005
26 X 76mm. micrometric slide; range 1mm., div. 0.01mm.
40x LWD plan achromatic objective, PH40x
M-774
M-776
Phase ring for PH40x (M-774)
M-777
Photo tube adaptor for SLR camera
M-778
CCD camera adaptor
M-779
6V / 30W halogen bulb
Fluorescence attachment, HBO100W, B & G filter sets
M-795
DIGI
5 Megapixels(up to 8MP) HD digital camera set with optical adaptor, cables and measuring software
Price Each
£1822
£2454
£54
£25
£161
£38
£131
£28
£6
£2722
£368
Microscope Immersion Oil
Features:
n
No PCB’s, (non-toxic / non-teratogenic / safe to handle, conforming
to H&S guidelines). MSDS and non-toxicity certificate
n
Refractive index of glass: 1.513 +/- 0.005 at 25˚C (clearer images)
n
No residual fluorescence, (can be used on both light / fluorescent
microscopes)
n
High Viscosity: 1000mPa/s at 25˚C, (easier to handle / less mess /
less waste / lasts much longer)
n
Unique dropper system reduces oil contamination, (free
immersion oil vial holder with every 10x10ml pack)
n
CE Marked, (conforms to all regulatory standards)
Model
CB76/340-101 Immersion Oil, 10 x 10ml
(100ml) - (plastic screwcap single drop sticks
with holder)
CB/76/340-150 Immersion Oil,
6 x 25ml (150ml)
CB/76/340-300 Immersion Oil,
6 x 50ml (300ml)
Price Each
£57
£79
£89
MIXERS AND SHAKERS
FINEPCR Mx2 and Mx4 Analogue Microplate
Mixers for 2 or 4 Microplates
Features:
n
Compact mixers with vibration and small orbit for effective mixing
n
Smooth vibrating motion with 3 mm. orbit
n
Analogue control
n
Vibration motion continuously adjustable from 300 – 1400 rpm.
for Mx4 and up to 2000 rpm. for Mx2 with analogue control
n
Continuous or timed operation
n
Standard platform for 2 (Mx2) or 4 (Mx4) microplates
n
Optional rack for 1.5ml. microtubes (capacity of 2 racks /
48 tubes for Mx2 and 4 racks / 96 tubes for Mx4)
Specifications:
n
Simple spring holders for easy and speedy plate installation
Orbital range:
Price Each
Speed range:
Mx2
FINEPCR Mx2 Analogue Microplate
£302
mixer for 2 microplates
Mx4
FINEPCR Mx4 Analogue Microplate
£530
mixer for 4 microplates
Timer:
Accessories:
MR1.5-24
Tube rack to hold 24 x 1.5ml.
£16
Dimensions:
Eppendorf tubes
Weight:
Wattage:
vibrating, 3 mm. orbit
Mx2 from 0 – 2000 rpm.;
Mx4 from 300 – 1400 rpm. for standard
microplates and from 300 – 1000 rpm.
for deep well microplates
Mx2 - 60 minutes or continuous;
Mx4 – 180 minutes or continuous
Mx2 - 176W x 339D x 98H mm. ;
Mx4 - 290W x 320D x 119H mm.
Mx2 - 4 kg.; Mx4 – 9 kg.
Mx2 - 20W; Mx4 – 35W
www.progensci.co.uk
75
MIXERS AND SHAKERS
ZEAL
FINEPCR confido-S20 and confido-S202 Digital Microplate
Mixers for 2 or 4 Microplates
Features:
Compact mixer with vibration
and small orbit of 3 mm. for
effective mixing
n
Smooth vibrating motion
n
Digital control
n
High quality permanent DC
brushless motor for gentle and
powerful motion
n
Vibration motion continuously
adjustable from 300 – 1600 rpm.
for confido-S202 and up to 2000
rpm. for confido-S20 with LED
display of actual speed or time
n
n
Standard platform for 2
(confido-S20) or 4 (confidoS202) microplates or deep well
plates
n
Optional rack for 1.5ml.
microtubes
n
Simple silicon holders for easy
and speedy plate installation
confido-S20 FINEPCR confido-S20 Digital
Microplate mixer for 2 microplates
confido-S202 FINEPCR confido-S202 Digital
Microplate mixer for 4 microplates
Accessories :
MR1.5-24
Tube rack to hold 24 x 1.5ml.
Eppendorf tubes
n
Specifications:
Orbital range:
Speed range:
vibrating, 3 mm. orbit
confido-S20 from 300 – 2000 rpm.
for micro well plate and 1.5ml.
microtubes; confido-S202 from 300 –
1600 rpm. for micro well plate and from
300 – 1400 rpm. for 1.5ml. microtubes
confido-S20 - 2 x microplates;
2 x deep well plates; 48 x 1.5ml.
microtubes (2 racks); confido-S202 4 x microplates; 4 x deep well
plates; 96 x 1.5ml. tubes (4 racks)
99 hours 59 minutes or continuous
confido-S20 - 180W x 330D x 131H mm.
confido-S202 - 290W x 330D x 141H mm.
confido-S20 - 5 kg.; confido-S202 – 6 kg.
confido-S20 - 25W; confido-S202 – 25W
Capacity:
Price Each
£406
£513
£16
Timer:
Dimensions:
Weight:
Wattage:
Elmi Digital Microplate Shaking Incubators
Small footprint incubator shaker for 2 or 4 microplates
Hot
Shots
2015
Features:
n
Temperature range: ambient +5°C to 60°C (accuracy 0.1ºC)
n
Shaking speed: 100 – 1300 rpm.
n
Shaking amplitude: 1.5 mm.
n
Timer: 1 – 999 minutes or continuous
n
Microplate capacity: 2 for DTS-2; 4 for DTS-4
n
Standard supported microplates dimensions: 86 x 128 x 15 mm.
n
Digital display of temperature, shaking speed and timer
n
Bi-directional heating (above and below plates) for plate temperature uniformity
n
Can be used to incubate only or shake only if required
n
User settings retained even if unit unplugged
n
Overall dimensions: DTS-2 - 347W x 275D x 115H mm.;
Model
DTS-4 - 420W x 310D x 115H mm
DTS-2
Elmi Model DTS-2 Microplate Incubator for 2 plates
n
Weight: DTS-2 – 6.2 Kg.; DTS-4 - 7.8 Kg.
DTS-4 Elmi Model DTS-4 Microplate Incubator for 4 plates
n
Power consumption max.: DTS-2 – 90W; DTS-4 – 125W
Price Each
£773
£866
www.progensci.co.uk
76
MIXERS AND SHAKERS
ZEAL
Elmi Digital Rocking Shaker
With variable rocking angle and speed
Hot
Shots
2015
Features:
n
Platform size: 255 x 305mm.
n
Supplied with non-slip rubber mat
n
Shaking speed: 1 to 50 shakes per minute
n
Variable rocking angle from 1 to 12 degrees (in 1 deg. increments)
n
Power supply (adaptor) 12 V DC, 1000mA (adaptor supplied)
n
Weight capacity: 5 Kg.
n
Optional second platform available
Model
DRS-12
Elmi Model DRS-12 Digital Rocking Shaker
MLP
Multi-level platform (allows several levels)
Price Each
£445
£38
Elmi Digital Orbital Shakers
Supplied with magnets to hold vessels on shaker
Features:
n
Platform size: 347 x 235 mm. (M models); 410 x 297 mm. (L models)
n
Shaking speed: 50 – 500 rpm. (10mm. orbit); 50 – 300 rpm. (20mm. orbit)
n
Shaking amplitude: 10 or 20 mm.
n
Overall dimensions: 347W x 275D x 100H mm. (M models);
420W x 310D x 100H mm. (L models)
n
n
Weight capacity: 7 Kg.
Ordering information
Model
Platform size (mm.):
Shaking speed:
Orbit:
Magnets supplied:
Price Each
Hot
Shots
2015
DOS-10M
347 x 235
50 – 500 rpm
10 mm.
6
DOS-20M
347 x 235
50 – 300 rpm
20 mm.
6
DOS-10L
410 x 297
50 – 500 rpm
10 mm.
8
DOS-20L
410 x 297
50 – 300 rpm
20 mm.
8
£482
£482
£497
£497
Contact Progen Scientific for optional accessory tops
FINEPCR 2D-300 and 2D-400 Digital Orbital
or Reciprocal Dual Motion Shakers
Features:
n
Change between orbital or reciprocating motion
n
Smooth and powerful orbital or reciprocal motion at a low speed
n
Optional platform available for flasks
n
LED display actual speed or time
n
Variable speed between 45 to 400 rpm.
n
n
High quality permanent DC brushless motor for
gentle and powerful motion
2D-400
2D-300
www.progensci.co.uk
77
MIXERS AND SHAKERS
ZEAL
FINEPCR 2D-300 and 2D-400 Digital Orbital
or Reciprocal Dual Motion Shakers cont.
Specifications:
n
Orbital range: 2D-300 - 14 mm.; 2D-400 – 28 mm.
n
n
Motor: Brushless DC motor
n
Timer: 99 hours 59 minutes or continuous
n
Suitable for use in incubators up to 55° (dry heat)
n
n
n
n
n
Dimensions: 2D-300 - 320W x 410D x 140H mm.;
2D-400 - 430W x 520D x 140H mm.
Platform : 2D-300 - 300 x 300 mm. ; 2D-400 – 400 x 400 mm.
Loadable weight : 2D-300 - 4 kg.; 2D-400 – 6 kg.
Weight: 2D-300 - 13 kg.; 2D-400 – 17 kg.
Wattage: 30W
Model
2D-300
FINEPCR Model 2D-300 Digital Dual Motion Shaker (with elastic ties to hold vessels)
2D-400
FINEPCR Model 2D-400 Digital Dual Motion Shaker (with elastic ties to hold vessels)
Accessories for 2D-300:
Price Each
SR300
Silicon rack (for holding vessels
£122
of different sizes)
£132
FT302-50-13 Platform with clamps to hold
13 x 50ml. flasks (with mounting knobs)
£132
£112
£98
FT302
Universal plate for flask holders
£63
(300 x 300 mm.)
CP50
50ml. flask holder
£8
CP100
100ml. flask holder
£8
CP250
250ml. flask holder
£9
CP500
500ml. flask holder
£10
Price Each
£589
£651
Price Each
SR400
Silicon rack (for holding vessels
£134
of different sizes)
£222
£222
£152
£73
FT402
(400 x 400 mm.)
CP50
50ml. flask holder
£8
CP100
100ml. flask holder
£8
CP250
250ml. flask holder
£9
CP500
500ml. flask holder
£10
Elmi Rotamix Intelli-Mixers
4 in 1 rotator, vortex, rocker and blotter with 20+ mixing programmes
Features:
n
3 models (315, 340 or 420 mm. wide)
n
18 different programmes of rotation and rocking
n
2 variable intensity vortexing programmes
n
3 additional custom programmes of rotation and rocking
n
Blotting programmes
n
Rotation speed from 1 to 99rpm.
n
FLASH memory on-board for storing personal settings and saving new
programmes
n
Can be used in incubator
n
Digital display of rotation speed and programme number
n
n
Western Blot Protocol programme (specially designed patent pending
technology) for 6 x 50ml. Falcon tubes gives up to 20 times higher
sensitivity, 3 to 5 times faster and considerable economy of reagents
www.progensci.co.uk
78
MIXERS AND SHAKERS
ZEAL
Elmi Rotamix Intelli-Mixers cont.
RM-2S
Elmi Intelli-Mixer Model
RM-2S programmable,
digital tube mixer (315 mm. wide)
Price Each
RM-2M
RM-2M programmable,
£395
RM-2L
RM-2L programmable,
£395
£395
Order one or more of the following racks for RM-2S:
RM-2S-9
Rack to hold 30 x 9 mm. tubes
RM-2S-11
Rack to hold 28 x 11mm. tubes (Eppendorf )
RM-2S-13
Rack to hold 24 x 13mm. tubes
RM-2S-16
Rack to hold 14 x 16mm. tubes (15ml. Falcon)
RM-2S-30
RM-2S-MIX
Rack to hold a combination of all tubes
RM-2S-BLOT Rack to hold up to 12 x 30mm. blotting tubes
horizontally
RM-2S-RP
Flat rocking platform
£30
£30
£30
£36
£35
£40
£41
£48
Order one or more of the following racks for RM-2M:
RM-2M-9
RM-2M-11
RM-2M-13
RM-2M-16
Rack to hold16 x 16mm. tubes (15ml. Falcon)
RM-2M-30
RM-2M-MIX Rack to hold a combination of all tubes
RM-2M-BLOT Rack to hold up to 12 x 30mm. blotting tubes
horizontally
RM-2M-RP
Order one or more of the following racks for RM-2L:
RM-2L-9
RM-2L-11
RM-2L-13
RM-2L-16
RM-2L-30
RM-2L-MIX
Rack to hold a combination of all tubes
RM-2L-BLOT Rack to hold up to 12 x 30mm. blotting tubes
horizontally
RM-2L-RP
£30
£30
£30
£36
£35
£40
£41
£48
£31
£32
£32
£37
£36
£40
£42
£50
Labnet GyroMini™ Nutating 3-D Mixer
Features:
Supplied with dimpled rubber mat (for 1.5ml. to 50ml. tubes)
n
Gyratory (3-D) action provides gentle, thorough mixing
n
Ideal for mixing samples in blood and centrifuge tubes
n
Fixed speed (20 rpm) and pitch (20° angle)
n
Safe for cold room use
n
Max. load: 800g.
n
Dimensions / weight: 241W x 172D x 153Hmm. / 880g.
Model
S0500-230V
Labnet GyroMini Nutating 3-D Mixer with dimpled rubber mat
n
Price Each
£228
Labnet EnduroTM MiniMixTM 3-D Mixer
Features:
n
Designed for processing Western blots and staining gels
n
Optimal fixed speed (18rpm.) and tilt (5°)
n
3-D motion which is gentle yet thorough
n
Tray dimensions: 200 x 165 mm.
n
Minimal amounts of solution can be used, conserving valuable probes and antibodies
n
The mixer is supplied with a non-slip rubber mat to help keep boxes
in place on the platform
n
The housing and platform are easy to clean and decontaminate where needed
n
For temperature controlled incubations, the mixer may be used in a cold room or incubator
n
Compact and lightweight (203W x 178D x 105H mm.; 880g.)
n
Maximum load: 800g.
n
Ambient operating range: +4°C to 65°C for use in cool room or incubator
Model
S0600-230V
Labnet Enduro Mini Mix 3-D Shaker with 20 cm. x 16.5cm. tray and non-slip rubber mat
and two large plastic blotting boxes
Hot
Shots
2015
Price Each
£196
www.progensci.co.uk
79
MIXERS AND SHAKERS
ZEAL
Boekel Orbitron V 3-D Orbital Wave Motion Rotator
Features:
n
Applications include: staining and destaining
electrophoresis gels; blotting protocols; membrane
hybridisations and washes; rocking agglutination
cards; immunoassays; mixing blood samples; mixing
media; coupling affinity chromatography media
n
DNA extractions
n
3-D gyrating motion
n
Variable speed – higher speed range: 6 – 120 rpm.
n
Variable tilt angle (adjustable with a set screw):
0° to 12°
n
Adjustable timer: up to 12 hours
n
Load limit: 9 kg.
n
305 x 305 mm. aluminium tray with flat rubber mat
as standard
n
Optional 203 x 203 mm. and 305 x 305 mm. double
stacking tray
n
Optional dimpled rubber mat
n
Can be used in cold room or incubator (4°C to 40°C)
n
n
Shipping weight: 9.6 kg.
n
2 year warranty
281111-2 Boekel Orbitron V 3-D Wave Motion Rotator supplied
with non-skid flat rubber mat
Accessories:
260312
Double Stacking Tray, 305 x 305 mm. with rubber mat
C2202208 Dimpled rubber mat, 305 x 305 mm.
Price Each
£1292
£124
£39
FINEPCR FMS2 Analogue Multi Motion Mini Shaker
Features:
n
Orbital motion of 18 mm. orbit or 4 choices of 3D motion; 5° tilt
angle; 10° tilt angle; 15° tilt angle; 20° tilt angle. Hexagonal tool
supplied to make adjustments
n
Space saving mini shaker
n
Analogue operation
n
Supplied with dual mat (plain on one side and dimpled on the other
to hold 15ml. and 50ml. Falcon tubes) and angle adjustment tool
n
Variable speed control between 5 and 90 rpm.
n
Orbit of 18mm. for best mixing result especially for gels and blotting
n
High quality permanent DC brushless motor for gentle and powerful
motion
n
200 x 200mm. standard platform
n
n
Rubber bellows for maximum user safety, preventing fingers being
caught in mechanism
n
Sealed construction to prevent heat transfer from the motor to the
platform
Specifications:
n
Orbital range: 18mm.
n
Speed range: variable 5 - 90 rpm.
n
Loadable weight: 1 kg.
n
Timer: 180 minutes or continuous
n
Platform dimensions: 200W x 200D
n
n
Weight: 3 kg.
n
Wattage: 35W
Price Each
FMS2
FINEPCR Mini Multi-shaker model
£441
FMS2 with dual mat and
hexagonal tool; 5 step angle
adjustment, 200 x 200mm. platform,
analogue, 230V
Spares:
DM-F2
HT-F
Dual mat for FMS2
Hexagonal angle adjustment tool
£5
£18
www.progensci.co.uk
80
MIXERS AND SHAKERS
ZEAL
FINEPCR FMS3 Analogue Multi Motion Shaker
Features:
n
Orbital motion of 18 mm. orbit or 4 choices of 3D motion; 5° tilt
angle; 10° tilt angle; 15° tilt angle; 20° tilt angle. Hexagonal tool
supplied to make adjustments
n
Extremely quiet operation with various movement positions
n
Analogue operation
n
Supplied with dual mat (plain on one side and dimpled on the other
to hold 15ml. and 50ml. Falcon tubes) and angle adjustment tool
n
Variable speed control between 30 and 300 rpm.
n
Orbit of 18mm. for best mixing result especially for gels and blotting
n
High quality permanent DC brushless motor for gentle and powerful
motion
n
300 x 300mm. standard platform
n
n
Rubber bellows for maximum user safety, preventing fingers being
caught in mechanism
n
Sealed construction to prevent heat transfer from the motor to the
platform
Specifications:
n
Orbital range: 18mm.
n
Speed range: variable 30 - 300 rpm.
n
Loadable weight: 3 kg.
n
Timer: 180 minutes or continuous
n
n
n
n
Platform dimensions: 300W x 300D mm.
Weight: 12 kg.
Wattage: 35W
Model
FMS3
FINEPCR Multi-shaker model FMS3 with dual mat and hexagonal tool; 5 step angle adjustment,
300 x 300mm. platform, analogue, 230V
Accessories for FMS3:
FT302
CP50
50ml. flask holder
CP100
100ml. flask holder
CP250
250ml. flask holder
CP500
500ml. flask holder
Price Each
£63
£8
£8
£9
£10
£132
FT302-250-8
FT302-500-5
Spares:
DM-F3
HT-F
Price Each
£647
£112
Platform with clamps to hold
Platform with clamps to hold
£98
Dual mat for FMS3
£8
£18
£132
FINEPCR 3D-200 Digital Multi Motion Shaker
Features:
n
Change between orbital or two angles of 3D motion
n
Space saving mini shaker
n
Digital operation
n
Supplied with dual mat and angle adjustment tool
n
n
n
Variable speed between 5 to 90 rpm.
n
n
High quality permanent DC brushless motor for gentle and
powerful motion
www.progensci.co.uk
81
MIXERS AND SHAKERS
ZEAL
FINEPCR 3D-200 Digital Multi Motion Mini Shaker cont.
Specifications:
n
Orbital range: 18 mm.
n
3D motions: 5º, 10º, 15º and 20º angle
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Platform : 200 x 200 mm.
Loadable weight : 1 kg.
Weight: 3 kg.
Model
3D-200
FINEPCR Mini Multi-shaker model 3D-200 with dual mat and hexagonal tool; 5 step angle adjustment,
200 x 200mm. platform, digital, 230V
Spares
DM-F2
Price Each
£4
Dual mat for 3D-200
HT-F
Price Each
£489
£15
FINEPCR 3D-300 Digital Multi Motion Shaker
Features:
n
Change between orbital or two angles of 3D motion
n
Extremely quiet operation
n
Digital operation
n
Supplied with dual mat and angle adjustment tool
n
n
n
Variable speed between 30 – 300 rpm.
n
n
High quality permanent DC brushless motor for gentle
and powerful motion
Specifications:
n
Orbital range: 18 mm.
n
3D motions: 5º, 10º, 15º and 20º angle
n
n
n
n
n
n
Platform : 300 x 300 mm. (3D-300)
n
Loadable weight : 3 kg.
n
Weight: 12 kg.
Model
3D-300
FINEPCR Multi-shaker model 3D-300 with dual mat and hexagonal tool; 5 step angle adjustment,
300 x 300mm. platform, digital, 230V
FT302
CP50
50ml. flask holder
CP100
100ml. flask holder
CP250
250ml. flask holder
CP500
500ml. flask holder
Price Each
£63
£8
£8
£9
£10
£132
Price Each
£690
Spares:
DM-F3
Dual mat for 3D-300
HT-F
£132
£112
£98
£8
£18
www.progensci.co.uk
82
MIXERS AND SHAKERS
ZEAL
Benchmark Scientific TubeRoller™ Tilting Tube Rollers
for Tubes and Bottles
The TubeRollers™ are designed for the gentle, thorough
mixing of a variety of containers, including
Vacutainers™, bottles, test tubes, centrifuge tubes and
roller bottles. Both models (5 roller and 10 roller)
operate at a constant 38 rpm. Chosen as the optimum
speed for the broadest range of mixing requirements.
As the roller mechanism rotates through each complete
revolution, the right side of each roller is gently
elevated about 13 mm. and returns to the horizontal
starting position. This additional, gentle up / down
motion provides a ‘wave’ effect and guarantees that the
entire sample is subjected to complete, thorough
mixing, end to end. This built-in tilt feature provides a
level of homogeneous mixing uniformity that can not
be matched by any stationary roller apparatus.
From blood collection tubes to roller bottles,
TubeRollers™ are the ideal choice for research, clinical
laboratories and doctors’ offices.
R3005
Technical Data:
Speed:
Motion:
Operating temperature range:
Number of rollers:
Dimensions:
Weight:
Individual roller dimensions:
Vessels accepted:
Roller spacing:
Electrical:
Warranty:
Typical sample load capacity:
Vessel
12 x 75 mm. tubes
16 x 100 mm. tubes
16 x 125 mm.
15ml. screw-cap tubes
50ml. screw-cap tubes
850 cm² roller bottles
fixed at 38 rpm. (± 10%)
simultaneous roll and tilt (± 5%)
+4°C to +40°C
R3005
R3010
5
10
450W x 180D x 450W x 360D x
90H mm.
90H mm.
5 kg.
8 kg.
30 x 320 mm.
8 mm. to 200 mm. diameter
5 mm.; rollers are on 35 mm. centres
230V, 50-60 Hz.
2 years
R3005
12
8
8
8
8
1
R3010
26
18
18
18
18
2
R3010
Features:
n
Gentle rolling motion
n
Smooth ±5 degrees tilt action
n
For tubes / bottles from 8 mm. to 200 mm. diameter
R3005-E-UK Benchmark Scientific TubeRoller™
with 5 rollers, 230V
£485
R3010-E-UK Benchmark Scientific TubeRoller™
with 10 rollers, 230V
£682
www.progensci.co.uk
83
MIXERS AND SHAKERS
ZEAL
Boekel Digital Tube Rotator
Features:
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Includes rotor to hold 14 x 27-34 mm. diameter (50 ml. Falcon) tubes (#260653)
Digital microprocessor control
Adjustable speed provides gentle or vigorous mixing action
Adjustable angles head offers mixing angles from 90 – 180 degrees
Five carousel options provide greater versatility for
most tube mixing needs
Timer offers time-down or time-up counting feature
Timer: up to 99 hours 59 minutes
Dimensions: 280W x 280L x 407H mm.
2 year warranty
260650
Boekel Tube Rotator including rotor to hold 14 x 27-34 mm. diameter (50 ml. Falcon) tubes (#260653)
Interchangeable rotor options::
260651
Rotor to hold 46 x 1.5/2.0 ml. microtubes
260652
Rotor to hold 28 x 15 ml. Falcon tubes (14-18 mm. dia.)
260653
Rotor to hold 14 x 50 ml. Falcon tubes (27-34 mm. dia.)
260654
Drum rotor to hold 63 x 18.5 mm. diameter culture tubes
260655
Drum rotor to hold 63 x 14 mm. diameter culture tubes
Price Each
£757
£83
£83
£83
£83
£83
Labnet Mini LabRoller Rotator
Features:
n
Fixed speed 20 rpm.
n
Mixing in vertical or horizontal position, vigorous or
gentle tumbling or rocking (20°, 45° or 60°)
n
Compact design – small footprint
n
Cold room and incubator compatible
n
3 interchangeable rotisseries (supplied with H5500-02)
to hold a variety of tubes from 1.5ml. to 50ml. or microplates
Model
H5500-230V Labnet Mini LabRoller Rotator supplied with rotisserie
to hold 36 x 1.5/2.0ml. tubes
Options:
H5500-02
Rotisserie to hold 36 x 1.5/2.0ml. tubes
H5500-15
Rotisserie to hold 10 x 15ml. conical tubes (or 15-16mm.
dia. tubes) and 12 x 12-13mm. tubes
H5500-50
Rotisserie to hold 6 x 50ml. tubes
Hot
Shots
2015
Price Each
£187
£22
£22
£22
www.progensci.co.uk
84
MIXERS AND SHAKERS
ZEAL
Labnet Revolver 360° Sample Mixer
Features:
Complete 360° rotation
n
Adjustable 0 - 90° mixing angle to enable tubes to be mixed vertically,
horizontally or at any angle in-between
n
Interchangeable rotisseries accept tubes from 1.5ml. to 50ml. and each rotisserie
is split into two halves. Each of the halves can be exchanged to mix more than
one type of tube at the same time. Each rotisserie half can be rotated from
a centre point on the shaft
n
Rotation speed is fixed at 20 r.p.m.
n
Ambient temperature range: +4°C to 65°C (cold room and incubator compatible)
n
Compact to economise bench space (239W x 127D x 153H mm.; 2.0 kg.)
n
Moulded housing and unique rotisserie design make it easy to clean and decontaminate
n
Tube capacity:
n
Standard – 36 x 1.5/2.0ml. tubes
(H5600-02 rotisserie, supplied with Rotator)
H5600-15 rotisserie – 10 x 15ml.conical tubes and 16 x 5/7ml. tubes
H5600-50 rotisserie – 6 x 50ml. tubes
n
Maximum load: 800g.
n
Hot
Shots
2015
Model
H5600-230V-UK Labnet Revolver Mixer supplied with rotisserie to hold 36 x 1,5/2.0ml. tubes
Options:
H5600-02
H5600-15
H5600-50
Price Each
£205
Rotisserie to hold 36 x 1.5/2.0ml. tubes
Rotisserie to hold 10 x 15ml. conical tubes and 16 x 5/7ml. tubes
Rotisserie to hold 6 x 50ml. tubes
£24
£24
£24
Labnet VX-200 Vortex Mixer
Features:
n
Variable speed from 0 – 2850rpm
n
Choice of ‘touch on’ or ‘continuous on’ control
n
Optimised counterbalance enables the vortex mixer to be
lightweight and stable during operation
n
Small footprint (140W x 160D x 130H mm.)
n
Weight: 2.2 kg.
n
Safe for cold room or incubator use
n
Supplied with CombiCup standard head for one or several tubes
n
Choice of 7 accessory tops
Hot
Shots
2015
S0200-230V
Labnet VX-200 Vortex Mixer with CombiCup head to vortex one or a group of tubes
Optional heads:
S0200-21
Head attachment for 24 x 1.5/2.0ml. tubes, 24 x 0.5ml. tubes and 32 x 0.2ml. tubes
(or 4 tube strips)
S0200-22
Head attachment for 1 x microplate or 64 x 0.2ml tubes or 8 x 0.2ml. tube strips
S0200-23
Head attachment for 8 x 15ml. and 8 x 12/13mm. dia. tubes
S0200-24
Head attachment for 6 x 50ml. tubes
S0200-25
Head attachment for 12 x 1.5/2.0ml. tubes, held horizontally
S0200-26
Head attachment for 4 x 15ml. tubes, held horizontally
S0200-27
Head attachment for 2 x 50ml. tubes, held horizontally
Price Each
£116
£18
£22
£22
£22
£22
£42
£42
www.progensci.co.uk
85
MIXERS AND SHAKERS
ZEAL
Velp’s family of compact Vortex Mixers
A vortex mixer for all applications
Velp RX3 basic vortex mixer
The Velp RX3 vortex mixer is the simplest vortex
mixer available that runs in touch mode at a fixed
speed, offering optimum chemical resistance,
enhanced handling and excellent stability.
Velp ZX3 flexible vortex mixer
The best seller Velp ZX3 vortex mixer offers
adjustable stirring speed and two operating
modes (touch or continuous). In addition to RX3, it
offers an excellent flexibility with a broad range of
accessories.
Velp ZX4 vortex mixer with IR technology
The Velp ZX4 is an advanced vortex mixer with
adjustable stirring speed and two operating
modes (continuous or IR sensor technology). No
pressure is applied when using the ZX4 with the
revolutionary IR sensor as, when it detects the
presence of the test tube, the instrument
automatically starts vibrating. The ZX4 can be used
with several accessories.
Velp ZX3
Velp RX3
Velp ZX4
Technical Specifications:
Model:
Cat. number:
Supplied with:
Materials:
Support system:
Orbital diameter:
Speed setting:
Speed control:
Speed range:
Operating mode:
Electronic protection:
Digital display:
Timer:
Power:
Weight:
Dimensions:
RX3
F202A0171
Mixing cup head (10005195)
Zinc alloy and technopolymer
4 anti-sliding feet
4.5 mm.
Electronic
Fixed, 3000 rpm.
Touch
IP42
15W
2.7 Kg.
150W x 130H x 165D mm.
ZX3
F202A0176
4 anti-sliding feet
4.5 mm.
Analogue
Electronic
Up to 3000 rpm.
Touch or continuous
IP42
15W
2.7 Kg.
150W x 130H x 165D mm.
F202A0171
RX3 vortex mixer with mixing cup head, 100-240V/50-60Hz
F202A0176
ZX3 vortex mixer with mixing cup head, 100-240V/50-60Hz
F202A0280
ZX4 I.R. vortex mixer with mixing cup head, 100-240V/50-60Hz
Accessories:
A00000016
Small rubber supporting plate, 50 mm. dia. (for all models)
A00000012
Foam stand for 19 x 1.5ml. microtubes (for ZX3 and ZX4)
A00000013
Customisable soft foam top (for ZX3 and ZX4)
A00000014
Foam stand for 5 x 16 mm. dia. test tubes (for ZX3 and ZX4)
A00000015
Foam stand for 1 x microtitre plate (for ZX3 and ZX4)
A00000019
Foam stand for 4 x 29 mm. dia. test tubes (for ZX3 and ZX4)
A00000017
Big foam supporting plate 94 mm. dia. (for ZX3 only)
ZX4
F202A0280
4 anti-sliding feet
4.5 mm.
Analogue
Electronic
Up to 3000 rpm.
Infrared sensor or continuous
IP42
15W
2.7 Kg.
150W x 130H x 165D mm.
Price Each
£99
£106
£115
£14
£24
£20
£24
£28
£28
£16
www.progensci.co.uk
86
MIXERS AND SHAKERS
ZEAL
Velp ‘Wizard’ Vortex Mixer with Infra Red motion detector
Features:
n
Unique Infra Red (I.R.) system detects the tube presence and
automatically the vibration is activated
n
No pressure is required by the user to maintain the vibration
n
n
Analogue speed setting and electronic speed control
n
Small footprint, low profile and 3 anti-sliding feet enhances
the lab. bench stability
n
Double operational working modes: ‘I.R. Sensor’ or ‘Continuous’
n
Choice of 6 accessory tops
n
Dimensions: 180W x 220D x 70H mm. * Weight: 2.4 Kg.
Hot
Shots
2015
F202A0175
Price Each
Optional accessory tops:
A00000012
A00000013
A00000014
£136
Velp Model Wizard Vortex Mixer with I.R. detector
Price Each
Foam top for 19 microtubes
£24
Customisable soft foam top
£20
Foam top for 5 test tubes, 16 mm. dia. £24
A00000015
A00000016
A00000019
Foam top for 1 microplate
£28
Rubber top 50 mm. dia.
£14
Foam top for 4 x 29 mm. dia. test tubes £28
REFRIGERATION
Arctiko -40oC / –86oC Chest Freezers,
Single Compressor
Chest freezers with unique single stage compressor
refrigeration system
The Arctiko ULTF range of chest freezers uses the original Arctiko world
patented cooling technology with standard single Danfoss compressor
which provides low noise, low energy consumption (and therefore low heat
output), compact design and attractive price. The ULTF Series comes with
minimum 72 hours battery back-up for the display / alarm settings and no
volt contact for remote monitoring.
Features:
n
Temperature range: -40°C to –86°C
n
Extremely quiet running single
compressor ( < 55 dBA)
n
Low energy consumption (up to 52%
energy savings versus dual compressor
competitors) and heat output
n
71, 189, 284 and 368 litre models
n
Manual defrost
n
Lid lock
n
Inner lids
n
Castors on ULTF220, ULTF320 and ULTF420
models
n
Microprocessor control with digital display
n
Advanced battery back-up (approx.
72 hours) for the display / alarm settings
with battery level indication
n
Porthole for installation of PT100 / CO2
back-up
ULTF320
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Visual and acoustic alarm
Contact for remote alarm
Prepared for GSM alarm
Prepared for connection of 2 additional
probes
Auto cycle in case of probe failure
Ambient temperature display
Direct download of logged data on USB
memory stick
Direct upload of new software via USB
memory stick
3-level password protected
Display text available in 3 different
languages
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Temperature graph
Integrated data logger
RS485 / RS232 interface
Integrated memory for 30 years
Power failure, high/low temperature,
probe and instrument (Eprom) failure
alarms
Open door alarm
Shows all alarms as text, not codes
3 pin PT100 sensor specially designed for
ultra low temperature
100% HCFC / CFC free
Refrigerant: EP88
www.progensci.co.uk
87
REFRIGERATION
ZEAL
Arctiko -40oC / –86oC Chest Freezers,
Single Compressor cont.
Model
Cat. Number
Volume
Exterior dimensions W x D x H mm.
Internal dimensions W x D x H mm.
Power consumption kWHr. / 24 Hr.
Weight kg.
Max. stainless steel racks
(for 50 mm. high cryoboxes)
Price Each
ULTF 80
DAI 0200
71 litre
552 x 648 x 850
390 x 390 x 450
3.83
49
5
(40 boxes max.)
ULTF 220
DAI 0213
189 litre
920 x 695 x 885
760 x 440 x 635
7.4
64
12 (9 + 3)
(117 boxes max.)
ULTF320
DAI 0205
284 litre
1262 x 698 x 885
1100 x 440 x 630
7.7
78
21 (18 + 3)
(216 boxes max.)
ULTF420
DAI 0210
368 litre
1562 x 698 x 885
1400 x 440 x 630
10.8
90
27 (24 + 3)
(282 boxes max.)
£2940
£3310
£3840
£3990
Inventory systems:
ULTF80:
TE50-08AN
Vertical rack, stainless steel, with handle to hold
8 x 50 mm. high boxes (max. 5 for ULTF 80)
ULTF220:
TE50-11AN
TE50-06AN
ULTF320:
TE50-11AN
TE50-06AN
ULTF420
TE50-11AN
TE50-06AN
£57
£57
£57
£57
£57
£57
£57
Cryoboxes for all inventory racks:
£1.83
KEA50-C81NA
EPPi 50 plastic cryo-box, natural, to hold 81 vials (9 x 9),
130 x 130 x 50 mm.
£2.35
KEB50-C81NA
EPPi 50 plastic cryo-box, natural, to hold 81 vials (9 x 9),
130 x 130 x 50 mm., alpha-numeric indexed on all four sides
ULTF80
Arctiko 55 and 115 litre, - 40o / - 86oC Upright Freezers
Compact benchtop / underbench freezers with unique single stage compressor refrigeration system
Features:
n
Temperature range: - 40ºC / - 86ºc
n
Extremely quiet running single compressor (Danfoss) – low noise (< 55 dBA)
n
Power consumption: 12 kWh / 24 hour (ULUF 65) and 13 kWh / 24 hour (ULUF 125)
n
Lower heat output than competitor
n
Microprocessor control with digital display with battery back-up (min. 72 hours)
n
Inner liner material: stainless steel
n
Outer cabinet material / colour: varnish steel / white
n
Contact for remote monitoring
n
Integrated data logger (software included)
n
RS 232 interface
n
RS 485 interface
n
USB read out
www.progensci.co.uk
88
REFRIGERATION
ZEAL
Arctiko 55 and 115 litre, - 40o / - 86oC Upright Freezers cont.
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Power failure alarm
Visual and acoustic alarm
Adjustable high / low temperature alarm
Open door alarm
Instrument failure alarm
Probe failure alarm
Alarm display as text, not codes
Prepared for GSM alarm module
Door lock
Manual defrost
Heated door frame
Heated vacuum valve for easy door opening
Castors
100% CFC / HCFC free
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Refrigerant: EP88
Porthole for installation of PT100 / CO2 back-up (factory fitted)
3 pin PT100 sensor specially designed for ultra low temperature
External dimensions: ULUF 65 – 600W x 700D x 810H mm.
ULUF 125 - 950W x 725D x 810H mm.
Internal dimensions: ULUF 65 – 360W x 468D x 320H mm.
ULUF 125 - 360W x 493D x 530H mm.
Shelves : ULUF 65 – 0 ; ULUF 125 - 1 (fixed)
Insulation : 120 mm.
Insulated inner door
Weight packed / unpacked: ULUF 65 – 100 / 80 kg.; ULUF 125 - 130 / 100 kg.
Electrical: ULUF 65 – 230V / 50-60 Hz / 2.9A
ULUF 125 - 230V / 50-60 Hz / 3.2A
DAI 1418
DAI 1417
Price Each
Arctiko Model ULUF 65, 55 litre, - 40 / - 86ºC upright freezer
(benchtop or underbench), single compressor
Arctiko Model ULUF 125, 115 litre, - 40 / - 86ºC upright freezer
(benchtop or underbench), single compressor
£3298
£3765
Arctiko ULUF 450, 413 Litre and ULUF 450-2M, 393 litre
(< 2 metre tall), Upright, –40oC / -86°C, Single Compressor ,
Low Energy Consumption Freezers
Upright freezer with unique single stage compressor refrigeration system
The Arctiko ULUF 450 and ULUF 450-2M use the original Arctiko world patented cooling technology
with standard single Danfoss compressor which provides low noise, low energy consumption (and
therefore low heat output) with focus on the correct ergonomics for the user. The newly designed heated
vacuum valve enables the user to open and close the door multiple times within a minute
Features:
n
Capacity: ULUF 450 - 413 litre;
ULUF 450-2M – 393 litre
n
Temperature range: -40°C to -86°C
n
Maximum ambient temperature: 25ºC
n
Stainless steel interior and white exterior
(optional stainless steel exterior)
n
Heated door frame
n
Insulated inner doors (5)
n
Insulation: 120 mm.
n
Castors and door key lock
n
Manual defrost
n
Ergonomic loading
n
Extremely quiet running single compressor
(< 55 dBA)
n
Low energy consumption (14.9 kWh / 24h)
and heat output
n
Microprocessor controller with digital display
n
Halogen lights above door activate when door
is opened
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Integrated data logger (software included)
RS 485 / RS232 interface
Alarms: Visual and acoustic alarm; power
failure alarm; adjustable high/low temperature
alarm; open door alarm and probe failure
alarm; instrument (Eprom) failure alarm. Alarm
display as text, not codes
Exterior contact for remote alarm
USB upload / download
Approx. 72 hours battery back up for alarms
and temperature display in the event of power
cut
Heated vacuum valve (makes door easy to
open soon after closing)
100% HCFC/CFC free
Porthole for installation of PT100 / CO2 back up
5 compartments with 4 individually freezing,
fixed position shelves
www.progensci.co.uk
89
REFRIGERATION
ZEAL
Arctiko ULUF 450, 413 Litre and ULUF 450-2M, 393 litre
(< 2 metre tall), Upright, –40oC / -86°C, Single Compressor ,
Low Energy Consumption Freezers cont.
n
n
n
Distance between shelves: ULUF 450 - 4 top spaces 260 mm.;
bottom space 320 mm.
ULUF 450-2M 5 spaces 260 mm.
Exterior dimensions: ULUF 450 - 720W x 885D x 2089H mm.;
ULUF 450-2M – 720W x 885D x 1990H mm.
Interior dimensions: ULUF 450 - 480W x 608D x 1415H mm.;
ULUF 450-2M – 480W x 608D x 1345H mm.
n
n
n
n
n
Shipping dimensions: ULUF 450 - 880W x 980D x 2250H mm.;
ULUF 450-2M – 880W x 980D x 2250H mm.
Weight: ULUF 450 - 193 Kg.; ULUF 450-2M – 175 Kg.
Shipping weight: ULUF 450 - 220 Kg. ULUF 450-2M - 202 Kg.
Electrical supply: 230V / 50-60 Hz / 3.8 Amp
Refrigerant: EP88
Price Each
DAI 1408
DAI 1414
Arctiko Model ULUF 450, 413 litre, -40/-86˚C, upright freezer, single compressor
Arctiko Model ULUF 450-2M, 393 litre, -40/-86˚C, upright freezer, single compressor
£4765
£4765
CO2 back-up system (factory fitted)
Multi-purpose chart recorder, -100ºC / 0ºC
Spare paper for chart recorder DAI 0934 (box of 100)
£1249
£480
£58
Options:
DAI 920
DAI 0934
5059001-01
Inventory system:
SE50-44AN
Stainless steel horizontal rack with handle, to hold 16 x 2” (50 mm.) high cryoboxes
in 4 x 4 configuration. Racks are 139W x 549D x 224H mm.
SE50-45AN
Stainless steel horizontal rack with handle, to hold 20 x 2” (50 mm.) high cryoboxes
in 4 x 5 configuration. Racks are 139W x 549D x 279H mm.
Rack capacities (3 per shelf ): ULUF 450 – 12 x SE50-44AN + 3 x SE50-45AN
ULUF 450-2M – 15 x SE50-44AN
£95
£106
Arctiko ULUF 750, 680 Litre, Upright, –40oC / -86°C,
Dual Independent Compressors, Low Energy
Consumption Freezer
The Arctiko ULUF 750 uses the original Arctiko world patented cooling technology with
dual independent Danfoss compressors which provides low noise, low energy
consumption (and therefore low heat output) with focus on the correct ergonomics for the
user. In the unlikely event that a compressor fails then the cabinet will continue with
the other compressor at a maximum temperature of -70ºC until the fault is rectified.
The newly designed heated vacuum valve enables the user to open and close the door
multiple times within a minute
Features:
n
Capacity: 680 litre
n
Temperature range: -40°C to -86°C
n
Compressors: 2 (independent control)
n
Maximum ambient temperature: 25ºC
n
Stainless steel interior and white exterior
(optional stainless steel exterior)
n
Heated door frame
n
Insulated inner doors (5)
n
Insulation: 120 mm.
n
Castors and door key lock
n
Manual defrost
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Ergonomic loading
Extremely quiet running compressors
(< 55 dBA)
Low energy consumption (18.5 kWh /
24h) and heat output
Maximum capacity 252 x 50 mm. high
cryoboxes in 15 horizontal racks
Microprocessor controller with digital
display
Halogen lights above door activate
when door is opened
Integrated data logger (software
included)
www.progensci.co.uk
90
REFRIGERATION
ZEAL
Arctiko ULUF 750, 680 Litre, Upright, –40oC / -86°C,
Dual Independent Compressors, Low Energy
Consumption Freezer cont.
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
RS 485 / RS232 interface
Alarms: Visual and acoustic alarm; power failure alarm;
adjustable high/low temperature alarm; open door alarm
and probe failure alarm; instrument (Eprom) failure alarm
Alarm display as text, not codes
Exterior contact for remote alarm
USB upload / download
Approx. 72 hours battery back up for alarms and temperature
display in the event of power cut
Heated vacuum valve (makes door easy to open soon
after closing)
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
DAI 1416
100 % HCFC/CFC free
Porthole for installation of PT100 / CO2 back up
5 compartments with 4 individually freezing, fixed position
shelves
Exterior dimensions: 1030W x 885D x 2089H mm.
Interior dimensions: 790W x 608D x 1415H mm.
Shipping dimensions with wooden crate: 1120W x 940D x
2300H mm.
Weight: 254 Kg.
Shipping weight with wooden crate: 403 Kg.
Electrical supply: 230V / 50-60 Hz / 3.8 Amp
Refrigerant: EP88
Price Each
£6998
Arctiko Model ULUF 750, 680 litre, -40/-86˚C, upright freezer, dual independent compressors
Options:
DAI 920
CO2 back-up system (factory fitted)
DAI 0934
Multi-purpose chart recorder, -100ºC / 0ºC
5059001-01
Spare paper for chart recorder DAI 0934 (box of 100)
Inventory system:
SE50-44AN
Stainless steel horizontal rack with handle, to hold 16 x 2” (50 mm.) high cryoboxes in
4 x 4 configuration. Racks are 139W x 549D x 224H mm.
Max. of 3 racks per shelf on 4 top shelves (i.e. 12 racks)
SE50-45AN
Stainless steel horizontal rack with handle, to hold 20 x 2” (50 mm.) high cryoboxes in
4 x 5 configuration. Racks are 139W x 549D x 279H mm.
Max. of 3 racks on lower shelf (i.e. 3 racks)
£1249
£480
£58
£95
£106
ELcold Chest Freezers -45°C
Features:
n
Temperature range: -25°C to -45°C electronically controlled
n
Supplied with 1 basket (11LT, 21LT, 31LT) or 2 baskets
(41LT, 51LT)
n
Power required: 13 Amp supply
n
White exterior; inner lining of hammered aluminium
n
Handle with lock fitted
n
Digital temperature display
n
Visual temperature alarm
n
Manual defrost
n
100 mm. insulation
n
Refrigerant: R404A
n
2 year warranty and local service
Model
EL11LT
EL21LT
EL31LT
EL41LT
EL51LT
Ext. dimensions
W x D x H mm.
720 x 730 x 860
1050 x730 x 860
1300 x 730 x 860
1500 x 730 x 860
1700 x 730 x 860
Capacity, litres
Price Each
136
237
314
375
438
£712
£804
£918
£954
£1147
www.progensci.co.uk
91
REFRIGERATION
ZEAL
Framec Glass Door Refrigerated Cabinets
Features:
n
Temperature range: +1°C to +15°C, adjustable
n
Temperature display
n
Fan assisted cooling
n
Single door (472 litre) and double door (1047 litre) models
n
Double glazed, hinged doors
n
Adjustable shelving
n
5 shelves supplied with single door model and
10 shelves (5 + 5) supplied with double door model
n
Fully automatic operation
n
Type of defrost: off cycle
n
Switchable interior light
n
Replaceable door gasket(s)
n
Refrigerant: R134A
n
White interior and exterior
n
Power required: 13 Amp supply
n
External dimensions: EXPO 500PT – 1980H x 670W x 642D mm.
EXPO 1100PT – 1980H x 1342W x 752D mm.
n
Internal dimensions: EXPO 500PT – 1440H x 598W x 513D mm.
EXPO 1100PT – 1525H x 1221W x 571D mm.
n
Weights: EXPO 500PT – 119 kg.; EXPO 1100PT – 206 kg.
EXPO 500PT
Framec Model EXPO 500PT refrigerated cabinet, single glass door, 472 litre
EXPO 1100PT
Framec Model EXPO 1100PT refrigerated cabinet, double glass doors, 1047 litre
£1343
£2799
Laboratory Fridges, Freezers and Fridge Freezers
Spark-free interiors
Fridges
BIOCOLD
n
Maintain internal temperature at + 2°C to + 8°C (adjustable set-point 4°C)
n
Sparkfree interior
n
Static cooling system
n
Manual defrost
n
Reversible doors and replaceable door gasket
n
Optional door lock and digital display / alarm module
Hot
Shots
2015
Model No.
BIO130FRSS
BIO170FRSS
BIO290FRSS
BIO360FRSS
Capacity (litre)
130
170
290
360
Ext. dimensions
836x550x580
845x595x600
1500x600x655 1750x600x655
(H x W x D mm.)
Storage shelves
2
5
4
5
Price
£259
£299
£482
£535
Options:
L
Door lock (e.g. Model BIO130FRSSL)
£27
DISP Door mounted temperature display / alarm module (e.g. Model BIO130FRSSDISP) £34
BIO360FRSS
www.progensci.co.uk
92
REFRIGERATION
ZEAL
Laboratory Fridges, Freezers and Fridge Freezers cont.
LIEBHERR
n
Maintain internal temperature at + 1°C to + 15°C
n
Certified in accordance with EU guideline 94/9/EG – ATEX 3500 X with warning notice on
door and inner liner re explosion-proof interior
n
Forced air cooling system
n
Digital temperature display
n
Manual defrost
n
Adjustable front legs (optional castor base)
n
Easy door re-hinge and removable door gasket
Model No.
Capacity (litre)
Ext. dimensions
(H x W x D mm.)
Int. dimensions
(H x W x D mm.
Storage shelves
Price
LKEXV1800
180
860x600x600
LKEXV2600
240
1250x600x600
LKEXV3600
333
1640x600x610
LKEXV5400
554
1640x750x730
702x513x441
1062x470x440
1452x470x440
1452x600x560
3
4
5
5
£862
£986
£1110
£1235
FKEX5000
Freezers
BIOCOLD
n
Maintain internal temperature at -18°C to -23°C
n
Temperature set point (adjustable): -20°C
n
Sparkfree interior
n
Manual defrost
n
High temperature warning
n
Hot
Shots
2015
Model No.
BIO102FZSS
BIO110FZSS
BIO270FZSS
BIO305FZSS
Capacity (litre)
102
110
270
310
Ext. dimensions
836x545x568
845x595x600
1750x600x600 1800x600x640
(H x W x D mm.)
Drawers supplied
3
4
5 + 2 dropdown 6 + 2 dropdown
(solid plastic)
flaps
flaps
Price
£265
£259
£469
£615
Options:
£27
L
Door lock (e.g. Model BIO102FZSSL)
DISP Door mounted temperature display / alarm module (e.g. Model BIO102FZSSDISP) £34
BIO102FZSS
LIEBHERR (513 litre upright)
n
Internal temp. range –14ºC to –26ºC, adjustable
n
Static cooling
n
Manual defrosting
n
Internal digital temperature control and display
n
Optical and acoustic alarms for over-temperature and if door left open
n
White interior / exterior
n
Sturdy lock which is fitted separately from the strong handle
n
Supplied with 150mm. stainless steel, adjustable legs (optional castors available)
n
Optional retro-fit digital controller with volt-free alarm contact and RS 485
temperature monitoring interface
Model No.
Capacity (litre)
Ext. dimensions (H x W x D mm.)
Int. dimensions (H x W x D mm.)
Storage drawers
Drawer sizes
Price
GG5210-740
513 (upright)
1864x750x750
1510x607x560
Supplied with 14 solid white drawers
262.4W x 541.9D x 181.9H mm.
£1149
GG5210-740
www.progensci.co.uk
93
REFRIGERATION
ZEAL
Laboratory Fridges, Freezers and Fridge Freezers cont.
Fridge Freezers
BIOCOLD
n
Temperature ranges: +4°C to -20°C
n
Temperature set point (adjustable): +4°C (fridge) / -20°C (freezer)
n
BIO300FRZSS: Fridge – 185 litre; Freezer – 116 litre; Total - 300 litre
n
BIO320FRZSS: Fridge – 185 litre; Freezer – 135 litre; Total - 320 litre
n
Sparkfree interior
n
External dimensions: BIO300FRZSS - 1870H x 600W x 655D mm.
BIO320FRZSS - 1750H x 600W x 655D mm.
n
Weight: 90 kg.
n
Shelves / Baskets:
Fridge
Freezer
BIO300FRZSS
2 shelves
1 x drawer front, 2 x baskets
BIO320FRZSS
2 shelves
1 x drawer front, 3 x baskets
n
Manual defrost
n
Model No.
Price
BIO300FRZSS
BIO320FRZSS
£535
£609
Options:
DISP
Door mounted temperature display /
alarm module (e.g. Model BIO320FRZSSDISP)
Hot
Shots
2015
£34
BIO320FRZSS
Porkka Flake Ice Machines
Reliability at very competitive prices
Features:
Durable stainless steel exterior (grade 304 S01)
n
Integral storage bins have stainless steel exterior and one piece
ABS food safe plastic interiors for easy cleaning
n
Air cooled
n
Legs as standard
n
12 month warranty on all components and local service
n
On site service requirements: Fused power supply – min. 13A
switched; ½” tap with ¾” BSP fittings on mains water supply –
min. 1 bar, max. 6 bar; 1½” vented drain –
no higher than back of machine
n
Model
Ice Production Kg. / 24 hours
KF 45
40
KF 85
80
KF 145
135
KF 185
175
Bin capacity Kg.
10
25
42
60
Dimensions W x D x H mm.
610 x 345 x 635*
485 x 586 x 860*
680 x 588 x 1030*
953 x 590 x 921*
* Height including legs
Price Each
£1854
£2123
£2414
£3093
www.progensci.co.uk
94
SPECTROPHOTOMETERS
ZEAL
Boeco S-200 Visible and S-220 UV / Visible Range Scanning
Spectrophotometers
Compact, lightweight and inexpensive instruments
The Boeco S-200 (VIS) and S-220 (UV/VIS) spectrophotometers are
high quality, compact, low cost measurement systems for daily
analysis in education, QC and basic research.
Features:
Compact single beam optics with full range scanning
The single beam optics are compact and bench saving. The long life
Hamamatsu Xenon lamp optics in the S-220 ensure quick and
reliable performance and the Tungsten Halogen lamp used in the S200 also provide a reliable measurement.
Colour touch screen
The intuitive colour touch screen operation provides simple access
to an extensive range of functions. The touch screen is sensitive to a
stylus and laboratory gloves. Icon driven on-board software
improves accessibility and the graphical display allows spectrum or
standard curve to be shown on the screen. The forward and back
quick key allows the user to provide or swiftly return to the process.
An enlarged data display for photometry measurement makes result
reading easier.
Various measurement modes
Operation modes include photometric, multiple wavelength
analysis, spectrum scanning, time scan and kinetics; direct
concentration results are included.
Optional accessories
A variety of optional accessories are available such as test tube
holder, flow cell with sipper, temperature control holder, long path
length cuvette holder and multiple cell holder to enhance different
application needs.
Specifications:
Model
Wavelength range
Spectral Bandwidth
Transmittance accuracy
S-200 Visible
S-220 UV/Visible
320 to 1100nm.
190 to 1000nm.
6nm.
5nm.
± 0.5% T
± 1% T
(NIST 930 filter)
(NIST 930 filter)
Transmittance repeatability
0.2% T
0.5% T
Baseline flatness
± 0.002 Abs
± 0.005 Abs
(500nm.)
(200-990nm.)
Noise level
≤ 0.001 Abs (500nm.) ≤ 0.001 Abs (250nm.)
Baseline stability
≤ 0.001 Abs/h.
≤ 0.001 Abs/h.
(500nm.) (after
(250nm.) (after
2 hour warm-up)
2 hour warm-up)
Stray light
≤ 0.5% T
≤ 0.5% T
Wavelength controlled
0.2nm.
0.2nm.
variable
Wavelength accuracy
± 1nm.
± 2nm.
Wavelength repeatability
≤ 0.5nm.
≤ 1nm.
Wavelength scan speed
240nm./minute
300nm./minute
(0.2 sampling interval (0.2 sampling interval
without filter)
without filter)
Wavelength move speed
to any specified
to any specified
position within
position within
1 second
1 second
Absorbance
-0.3 to 1.999
-0.3 to 1.999
Transmittance
0 to 199.9%
0 to 199.9%
Spectrum scanning
Yes
Yes
Storage and data output
External storage with SD card and free downloadable PC software
MasterReport (www.boeco.com) allows data export to PC in
compatible text or spreadsheet format for further data processing
in the PC.
Method and result storage is almost unlimited by exchanging
SD card when needed. Printer options are available for direct
result printing with graphics.
Validation function
To ensure optimum instrument performance, self diagnosis
functions are equipped in GLP/GMP feature for performance
validation and auditing.
Model
Concentration
Selectable resolution
Light source
Detector
Display screen
Printer
Metering mode
Memory
Time scan
Analysis
GLP
Dimensions
Power requirements
Power consumption
Communication ports
Weight
S-200 Visible
S-220 UV/Visible
-300 to 1999
-300 to 1999
1, 0.1, 0.01 or 0.001
1, 0.1, 0.01 or 0.001
Tungsten Halogen
pulsed-Xenon
lamp
lamp
Silicon diode
4.3 inch colour touch LCD screen
specified 80 column thermal printer
(series port)
Single beam
SD card storage
Graphical and calculated concentration
value
Absorbance and wavelength of peaks
and valleys
Real time clock and calendar, Self Diagnosis
400W x 280D x 160H mm.
AC, 100-240V, 50/60Hz
100VA
Serial interface connects thermal printer
USB port connects PC
SD card port saves data and
measurement methods
Accessories port connects and controls
several options
4 kg.
www.progensci.co.uk
95
SPECTROPHOTOMETERS
ZEAL
Boeco S-200 Visible and S-220 UV / Visible Range Scanning
Spectrophotometers cont.
BOE 8620000
Boeco Model S-200 Visible spectrophotometer, single beam with full range scanning and
colour touch screen operation. Supplied with 10 x 10 mm. cuvette holder
BOE 8622000
Boeco Model S-220 UV/Visible spectrophotometer, single beam with full range scanning and
colour touch screen operation. Supplied with 10 x 10 mm. cuvette holder
Accessories:
BOE 8620005
Test tube holder (only for S-200)
BOE 8622004
Rectangular long-path cuvette holder for cuvettes with 10, 20, 30, 50 and 100 mm. path length
BOE 8620003
Micro-cuvette holder
BOE 8620020
Flow cuvette holder, incl. quartz glass flow cuvette of 150μl
BOE 8620030
Set of Auto sample sipper and Flow cuvette holder with quartz glass flow cuvette of 150μl.
BOE 8622040
Electronic thermostat (peltier element) TC cuvette holder (only for S-220)
BOE 8620050
Automatic 5 position cuvette holder
BOE 8620060
Thermal printer
Spares:
BOE 8620001
Tungsten Halogen lamp (for S-200)
BOE 8622001
Xenon lamp module (for S-220)
Price Each
£1552
£2576
£236
£56
£124
£530
£1149
£530
£435
£236
£13
£559
Contact Progen Scientific for information on a wide range of cuvettes
and on the Dynamica range of ratio and double beam scanning spectrophotometers
THERMAL CYCLERS
Labnet MultiGene™ Optimax Thermal Cycler
The ‘better than gradient’ thermal cycler with 6-segment block temperature control
The MultiGene Optimax brings new speed and features to the Labnet thermal cycler line. The
MultiGene Optimax replaces the successful and reliable MultiGene Gradient thermal cycler. It utilises
the same easy user interface that customers have enjoyed. It now has much greater speed of
operation since the ramping speed has been increased and essentially eliminated any overshooting
or undershooting which contributes to longer run times. Features such as PC Viewer and a TM
calculator have been added. The PC Viewer allows you to
connect to a Windows based PC using a USB interface
Technical Specifications:
and view the actual temperature profiles in real time.
Sample capacity:
The new 6-block gradient format allows you to select
the temperatures you wish to optimise rather than have
Programmable temperature range:
the system select for you. With the introduction of the
Temperature control:
MultiGene Optimax Labnet is bringing the customer
Temperature accuracy / uniformity:
premium performance at an affordable price.
Heating / cooling method:
Features:
Maximum heating / cooling rate:
n
Faster speeds
Temperature range of 6-segment blocks
n
No condensation after overnight cooling at 4ºC
Maximum temperature difference
n
6-segment block temperature control with
between
6-segment blocks:
users able to select 6-segment temperatures
6-segment temperature blocks:
independently
Programmable lid temperature:
n
TM calculator
Programme memory:
n
PC Viewer
Temperature increments / decrements:
n
Simple user interface
Time increments / decrements:
n
3 year warranty
User programme folders:
Price Each
TC9610-230V Labnet MultiGene Optimax, £2492
240V, 50/60 Hz.
Password protected programmes:
Communication:
Dimensions:
Weight:
Electrical:
Hot
Shots
2015
1 x 96 well plate, 12 x (8 x 0.2ml.)
strip tubes, 96 x 0.2ml. tubes
4ºC to 99.9ºC
Calculated or block
± 0.5ºC / ± 0.5ºC
Peltier
4ºC / 3ºC per second
30ºC to 99ºC. Temperature of 6-segment
blocks can be set independently
24ºC
6 temperature blocks in 4 x 4 well format
60ºC to 65ºC, 100ºC to 115ºC
200 complete programmes
Yes
Yes
50 sets
Yes
USB and RS232 ports
240W x 420D x 250H mm.
9 kg.
240V, 50/60 Hz.
www.progensci.co.uk
96
THERMAL CYCLERS
ZEAL
Labnet MultiGene™ Mini Personal Thermal Cyclers
Compact thermal cyclers at an affordable price
Features:
n
Powerful Peltier units provide fast temperature ramping as fast as
5°C per second heating and 4°C per second cooling
n
Intuitive programming and large, easy to read, graphical display
n
Lightweight and compact
n
Choice of two models, 24 x 0.2ml. tube block or 18 x 0.5ml. tube block
n
Interchangeable blocks
n
Economical alternative for users who do not need, or can not afford, a 96 tube block model
n
An algorithm calculates sample temperature, based on volume, to control heating and
cooling of the block. This means that samples reach programmed temperatures quickly,
without any overshoot or lagging
n
The software allows time and temperature increments and decrements
(for touchdown amplification and auto-extension) to be set, auto-restart after
power failure, end of cycling elongation steps and extended soaks at 4°C
n
Adjustable heated lid with slip gear so tubes are not crushed
n
Programmable temperature range: 4°C to 99°C
n
Temperature accuracy / uniformity: ± 0.3°C / ± 0.5°c at 55°C
n
Heated lid temperature: 105°C
n
TC020-24-230V
Labnet MultiGene Mini thermal cycler
Programme memory: 100 programmes
n
with 24 x 0.2ml. tubes block
Max. segments / cycles: 9 segments / 99 cycles
n
TC050-18-230V
Labnet MultiGene Mini thermal cycler
n
with 18 x 0.5ml. tubes block
Weight: 3.2 kg.
Price Each
£1780
£1780
TRANSILLUMINATORS
Labnet Enduro™ UV Transilluminators
Safer with better image quality than conventional models
Features:
n
Compact size with 21 x 26 cm. viewing area
n
Unique heavy duty hinge design can be held in place at any angle for gel
cutting and can not be broken easily
n
UV shield allows no leakage to user for increased user safety. Conventional
transilluminators leak approximately 8% UVA @ 365 nm. and approximately
0.2% @ 302 nm. The Enduro™ UV transilluminators allow no leakage
n
Uniform UV Black Glass provides better gel imaging contrast with uniform
black background unlike the striping effect seen on many transilluminators
Specifications:
Model
External dimensions
Viewing dimensions
Wavelength
UV tubes – 302 nm.
UV tubes – 365 nm.
Power
Weight
U1001
U1002
253D x 340W x 80H mm.
210D x 260W mm.
302 nm.
302 nm. / 365 nm.
8W x 6
8W x 5
8W x 6
100V – 240V, 50-60 Hz
5 kg.
U1001-230V
Labnet Enduro UV transilluminator with 302 nm. wavelength, 230V
U1002-230V
Labnet Enduro UV transilluminator with both 302 nm. and 365 nm. wavelengths, 230V
Price Each
£851
£899
www.progensci.co.uk
97
VACUUM PUMPS
ZEAL
Accuris ASPIRE™ Laboratory Aspirator
The best value complate package aspiration system on the market
The Accuris ASPIRE™ laboratory aspirator incorporates a quiet,
maintenance-free pump inside a sturdy, yet compact base. The
vacuum is fully adjustable, with a pressure gauge that displays the
vacuum level, allowing full control of aspirating speed. The ASPIRE™
is an ideal choice for a wide range of laboratory aspirating
applications, including removal of media from tissue culture vessels
or plates and supernatants. An ergonomic, hand-hold aspirating
device is included and holds standard 200 to 300µl. disposable
pipette tips.
The unit is supplied:
• Base with internal vacuum pump
• 2 litre polycarbonate collection bottle (autoclavable
and break-resistant)
• Antibacterial, hydrophobic filter
• Silicone tubing
• Hand-held vacuum pipette
• 2 pipette cone adaptors, one for 200 to 300µl. pipette
tips and one 40 mm. fine, stainless steel
The collection bottle incorporates a reliable overflow protection
valve that closes off the tube to the vacuum in the event of a
full bottle. In addition, the replaceable in-line filter protects
the vacuum pump from contaminants and any moisture that
comes through the bottle. Graduations on the collection bottle
indicate the amount of fluid collected and when it’s ready to be
emptied. The hand-held vacuum pipette has an ergonomic
design that’s comfortable in the hand during prolonged use.
Pressing the button applies the vacuum. The pipette accepts
Pasteur pipettes, serological pipettes and is also supplied with
two accessory pipette cones. One cone is designed to accommodate 200 to 300µl. pipette tips, the other has a thin, stainless steel capillary
for fine control aspirating.
Features:
n
Compact design
n
Built-in vacuum pump
n
Adjustable vacuum pressure
n
Vacuum gauge
n
Safe and precise aspiration
V0020-E-UK
Accessories:
V1002-15L
V1002-8
V1002-S8
V1002
V0020-F1
V0020-QD
V0020-BOT
V0020-TB
Technical Data:
n
Maximum aspiration: 14ml. per second
n
Maximum flow: 15 litre per minute
n
Vacuum range: -30 to -750 mbar
n
Noise level: 59.6 db
n
Vacuum pump: oil-free piston
n
n
n
n
Weight: 2.2 kg.
Electrical: 230V, 50 Hz
Warranty: 2 years
Price Each
ASPIRE™ Laboratort Aspirator, 230V, includes base with internal vacuum pump,
2 litre polycarbonat bottle with lid, hydrophobic filter, silicone tubing, hand-held
vacuum controller and single channel adaptors
£523
Optional single channel adaptor, extra long (80 mm.), stainless steel
Optional 8 channel adaptor, for use with 200µl. pipette tips
Optional 8 channel adaptor, fine tip, stainless steel
Hand-held vacuum controller with single channel adaptors (included with V0020-E-UK)
Hydrophobic filter (included with V0020-E-UK)
Quick disconnect kit, including two male/female
attachments and silicone tubing
Graduated PC collection bottle
Tubing set, 1 metre
£16
£106
£63
£131
£14
£66
£71
£14
www.progensci.co.uk
98
VACUUM PUMPS
ZEAL
Javac CCL Series Budget Laboratory
RotaryVane High Vacuum Pumps
Features:
n
Four models to cover most laboratory applications
n
Supplied with oilmist eliminator to protect environment
n
Anti-suckback and gas ballast
n
Ready to use with hose suction fitting
n
High quality at competitive prices
n
Local service
Specifications:
Model
CCL-21
No. of stages
2
Speed at 50 Hz (swept volume)
28 litre/minute
1.68 m³/hour
0.99 CFM
Ultimate vacuum (pp)
< 0.005 mbar
Gas ballast (variable)
Yes
Water vapour pumping
150 kg/hour
Rotational speed
3440 rpm
Motor power 50Hz
200W
Suction inlet fitting (hose tail)
6 mm.
Weight
5.5 kg.
Dimensions (L/W/H)
347x137x194 mm.
Exhaust outlet (Oil mist eliminator) Yes
Price Each
£222
CCL-31
2
35 litre/minute
2.1 m³/hour
1.24 CFM
< 0.005 mbar
Yes
250 kg./hour
1440 rpm
200W
6 mm.
11.5 kg.
375x178x330 mm.
Yes
CCL-141
2
140 litre/minute
8.4 m³/hour
5.0 CFM
< 0.005 mbar
Yes
400 kg./hour
2880 rpm
240W
8 mm.
13.8 kg.
375x178x330 mm.
Yes
CCL-231
2
225 litre/minute
13.5 m³/hour
8.0 CFM
< 0.005 mbar
Yes
510 kg./hour
2880 rpm
240W
12 mm.
15.5 kg.
375x178x330mm.
Yes
£375
£510
£702
WATER BATHS
Clifton Unstirred Analogue and Digital Water Baths
Features:
n
6 sizes to choose from 4 litre to 56 litre
n
Temperature range: Analogue – ambient +5ºC to 100ºC ; Digital - ambient +5ºC to 99ºC
n
Sensitivity: +/- 0.25°C (± 0.2°C for digital); Uniformity: +/- 0.1°C
n
Analogue – thermostatic control, dial graduated in 5°C divisions
n
Digital – PID control, digital LED display to 0.1°C resolution
n
Stainless steel tank with powder coated and chemical resistant exterior
n
n
Stainless steel and perforated false base – removable
Over-temperature
n
Heater with safety cut-out
alarm (digital modes
n
only): with heater cut off
Side lifting handles
+4°C above set point
n
Heating element concealed underneath the tank;
n
Drain outlet fitted to all 22, 28 and 56 litre models
safety cut-out and temperature sensors
n
n
Model NE1-56 supplied with 2 x flat lids (LD-56)
Timer (digital models only): variable 0 – 999 minutes;
cycle commences @ set point; audible buzzer at end of timed period n Baths fitted with non-slip rubber feet for safety
Ordering information and specifications:
Analogue Model
NE1-4
NE1-8
Digital Model
NE2-4D
NE2-8D
Capacity, litre
4
8
Internal dimensions
300 x 150
300 x 240
(W x D x H mm.)
x 150
x 150
External dimensions 332 x 185
332 x 270
(W x D x H mm.)
x 290
x 290
Heater power
400W
800W
Analogue Price
£310
£341
Digital Price
£463
£484
NE1-14
NE2-14D
14
325 x 300
x 150
361 x 332
x 290
1000W
£364
£517
Analogue Model
Digital Model
Capacity, litre
Internal dimensions
(W x D x H mm.)
External dimensions
(W x D x H mm.)
Heater power
Analogue Price
Digital Price
NE1-22
NE2-22D
22
500 x 300
x 150
538 x 332
x 290
1500W
NE1-28
NE2-28D
28
500 x 300
x 200
538 x 332
x 290
1500W
NE1-56
NE2-56D
56
620 x 500
x 200
660 x 540
x 290
2500W
£434
£550
£472
£600
£796
£841
www.progensci.co.uk
99
WATER BATHS
ZEAL
Clifton Unstirred Analogue and Digital Water Baths cont.
Accessories for analogue and digital models:
Cat.
Price Each
number Description
GL1-4 Gabled lid, food grade plastic, for 4 litre baths *
£47
£47
£47
GL1-22 Gabled lid, food grade plastic, for 22 / 28 litre baths *
£47
SL1-4
Stainless steel gabled lid, for 4 litre baths
£112
SL1-8
Stainless steel gabled lid, for 8 litre baths
£115
SL1-14 Stainless steel gabled lid, for 14 litre baths
£117
* for bath temperatures < 60°C
Cat.number
Description
Price Each
SL1-22 Stainless steel gabled lid, for 22 / 28 litre baths
£130
SL1-22H Stainless steel gabled lid, hinged, for 22 / 28 litre baths £228
SL1-56 Stainless steel gabled lid for 56 litre baths
£252
LD-4
Stainless steel flat lid, one piece, for 4 litre baths
£45
LD-8
Stainless steel flat lid, one piece, for 8 litre baths
£48
LD-14 Stainless steel flat lid, one piece, for 14 litre baths
£49
LD-22 Stainless steel flat lid, one piece, for 22 / 28 litre baths £52
LD-56 Stainless steel flat lid, two piece, for 56 litre baths
£129
Also available as NE1-2.5 (2.5 litre analogue) and NE2-10D (10 litre digital) models
N-Biotek Digital Shaking Water Baths (Orbital and Reciprocating)
Designed for the space conscious user
Features:
n
Capacity: 12 litre
n
Internal dimensions: 240W x 300D x 150H mm.
n
External dimensions: 270W x 350D x 210H mm.
n
Microprocessor control with LED display
n
Temperature range: ambient +5°C to 80°C
n
Stroke: 30mm. (reciprocating or orbital model)
n
Speed range: 30 to 200rpm.
n
n
Supplied with spring wire rack for different size vessels
n
Weight: 21 kg.
n
Optional gabled lid
n
Plate brushless DC motor
n
Non-contact, recessed heating element with overtemperature protection
NB-303
Orbital shaking water bath, 12 litre, supplied with built-in spring wire rack
NB-304
Reciprocating shaking water bath, 12 litre, supplied with built-in spring wire rack
Options:
3034BC12
Bath cover for NB-303 or NB-304
Price Each
£1006
£950
£73
Falc MF24 Digital Shaking Water Bath (Reciprocating)
Larger capacity at very competitive price
Features:
n
Stainless steel interior and exterior of acid-resistant epoxy painted sheet steel
n
Front digital set and display panel for temperature and shaking speed
n
Temperature range: ambient +5°C to 100°C
n
Shaking frequency: 0 – 200 per min. (reciprocal)
n
Shaking amplitude: 15 mm.
n
Tank capacity: 20 litre
n
Tank dimensions: 440L x 240W x 200H mm.
n
External dimensions: 670L x 400W x 290H mm.
n
Protection Class : IP42
n
Weight: 16 Kg.
Ordering information
Price Each
610.1007.74
610.1007.81
610.1007.76
£1380
MF24 shaking water bath, 22 litre capacity
General purpose container (325L x 235W x 60H mm.) to hold vessels of differing sizes
Plexiglass gabled lid with stainless steel insert
£195
£188
NOTE: Supporting plate and fixing clips for flasks and beakers are also available
www.progensci.co.uk
100

Progen Scientific a division of G.H.Zeal Ltd.

Transcription

Similar documents

LAVATORY FAUCETS

HD-P generators Power - Bosch Mobility Solutions

lror"**rW - Neighborhood House Association

ID #12573

Sagaform 2016 Fall Product

Gun-Style Infrared Thermometer with Dual Laser Sighting 422 / 423

Super 100 Large Capacity Chain Hoist (16 to 50 ton capacity)

Chancey - George R. Stuart Elementary

B-12 Re-spooleR seRies - Reel-O

hardware - MusicMedia